From 9810d34d76d19f63d4bbe7390fa36ceb85d10cde Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sasa Stankovic Date: Mon, 23 Jun 2014 11:52:34 -0700 Subject: [PATCH] gold/ * mips.cc: New file. * Makefile.am (TARGETSOURCES): Add mips.cc (ALL_TARGETOBJS): Add mips.$(OBJEXT) * configure.tgt: Add entries for mips*. * configure.ac: Likewise. * Makefile.in: Regenerate. * configure: Likewise. --- elfcpp/mips.h | 2 +- gold/ChangeLog | 10 + gold/Makefile.am | 5 +- gold/Makefile.in | 6 +- gold/configure | 14 + gold/configure.ac | 1 + gold/configure.tgt | 14 + gold/mips.cc | 10517 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 8 files changed, 10564 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) create mode 100644 gold/mips.cc diff --git a/elfcpp/mips.h b/elfcpp/mips.h index 91f7270c1b..ccb017f737 100644 --- a/elfcpp/mips.h +++ b/elfcpp/mips.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ // mips.h -- ELF definitions specific to EM_MIPS -*- C++ -*- // Copyright (C) 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -// Written by Sasa Stankovic +// Written by Sasa Stankovic // and Aleksandar Simeonov . // This file is part of elfcpp. diff --git a/gold/ChangeLog b/gold/ChangeLog index 151fcde027..04a363776a 100644 --- a/gold/ChangeLog +++ b/gold/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,13 @@ +2014-06-23 Sasa Stankovic + + * mips.cc: New file. + * Makefile.am (TARGETSOURCES): Add mips.cc + (ALL_TARGETOBJS): Add mips.$(OBJEXT) + * configure.tgt: Add entries for mips*. + * configure.ac: Likewise. + * Makefile.in: Regenerate. + * configure: Likewise. + 2014-06-09 Cary Coutant * dwarf_reader.cc (Dwarf_pubnames_table::read_header): Check that diff --git a/gold/Makefile.am b/gold/Makefile.am index 54393f9a0e..dd05e82ce7 100644 --- a/gold/Makefile.am +++ b/gold/Makefile.am @@ -163,11 +163,12 @@ DEFFILES = arm-reloc.def EXTRA_DIST = yyscript.c yyscript.h TARGETSOURCES = \ - i386.cc x86_64.cc sparc.cc powerpc.cc arm.cc arm-reloc-property.cc tilegx.cc + i386.cc x86_64.cc sparc.cc powerpc.cc arm.cc arm-reloc-property.cc tilegx.cc \ + mips.cc ALL_TARGETOBJS = \ i386.$(OBJEXT) x86_64.$(OBJEXT) sparc.$(OBJEXT) powerpc.$(OBJEXT) \ - arm.$(OBJEXT) arm-reloc-property.$(OBJEXT) tilegx.$(OBJEXT) + arm.$(OBJEXT) arm-reloc-property.$(OBJEXT) tilegx.$(OBJEXT) mips.$(OBJEXT) libgold_a_SOURCES = $(CCFILES) $(HFILES) $(YFILES) $(DEFFILES) libgold_a_LIBADD = $(LIBOBJS) diff --git a/gold/Makefile.in b/gold/Makefile.in index 579505ac6d..39a3952dd0 100644 --- a/gold/Makefile.in +++ b/gold/Makefile.in @@ -532,11 +532,12 @@ YFILES = \ DEFFILES = arm-reloc.def EXTRA_DIST = yyscript.c yyscript.h TARGETSOURCES = \ - i386.cc x86_64.cc sparc.cc powerpc.cc arm.cc arm-reloc-property.cc tilegx.cc + i386.cc x86_64.cc sparc.cc powerpc.cc arm.cc arm-reloc-property.cc tilegx.cc \ + mips.cc ALL_TARGETOBJS = \ i386.$(OBJEXT) x86_64.$(OBJEXT) sparc.$(OBJEXT) powerpc.$(OBJEXT) \ - arm.$(OBJEXT) arm-reloc-property.$(OBJEXT) tilegx.$(OBJEXT) + arm.$(OBJEXT) arm-reloc-property.$(OBJEXT) tilegx.$(OBJEXT) mips.$(OBJEXT) libgold_a_SOURCES = $(CCFILES) $(HFILES) $(YFILES) $(DEFFILES) libgold_a_LIBADD = $(LIBOBJS) @@ -792,6 +793,7 @@ distclean-compile: @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/main.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/mapfile.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/merge.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/mips.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/nacl.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/object.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/options.Po@am__quote@ diff --git a/gold/configure b/gold/configure index 6f53b22a05..9880635d9e 100755 --- a/gold/configure +++ b/gold/configure @@ -684,6 +684,8 @@ CC NM TARGETOBJS DEFAULT_TARGET +DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS_FALSE +DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS_TRUE DEFAULT_TARGET_TILEGX_FALSE DEFAULT_TARGET_TILEGX_TRUE DEFAULT_TARGET_X86_64_FALSE @@ -3479,6 +3481,14 @@ else DEFAULT_TARGET_TILEGX_FALSE= fi + if test "$targ_obj" = "mips"; then + DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS_TRUE= + DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS_FALSE='#' +else + DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS_TRUE='#' + DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS_FALSE= +fi + DEFAULT_TARGET=${targ_obj} fi @@ -7791,6 +7801,10 @@ if test -z "${DEFAULT_TARGET_TILEGX_TRUE}" && test -z "${DEFAULT_TARGET_TILEGX_F as_fn_error "conditional \"DEFAULT_TARGET_TILEGX\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi +if test -z "${DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS_TRUE}" && test -z "${DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS_FALSE}"; then + as_fn_error "conditional \"DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 +fi if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 diff --git a/gold/configure.ac b/gold/configure.ac index 7ad7302979..14ecd72671 100644 --- a/gold/configure.ac +++ b/gold/configure.ac @@ -205,6 +205,7 @@ for targ in $target $canon_targets; do AM_CONDITIONAL(DEFAULT_TARGET_SPARC, test "$targ_obj" = "sparc") AM_CONDITIONAL(DEFAULT_TARGET_X86_64, test "$targ_obj" = "x86_64") AM_CONDITIONAL(DEFAULT_TARGET_TILEGX, test "$targ_obj" = "tilegx") + AM_CONDITIONAL(DEFAULT_TARGET_MIPS, test "$targ_obj" = "mips") DEFAULT_TARGET=${targ_obj} AC_SUBST(DEFAULT_TARGET) fi diff --git a/gold/configure.tgt b/gold/configure.tgt index aad4f54bb7..93d622dea7 100644 --- a/gold/configure.tgt +++ b/gold/configure.tgt @@ -144,6 +144,20 @@ arm*-*-*) targ_big_endian=false targ_extra_big_endian=true ;; +mips*el*-*-*|mips*le*-*-*) + targ_obj=mips + targ_machine=EM_MIPS_RS3_LE + targ_size=32 + targ_big_endian=false + targ_extra_big_endian=true + ;; +mips*-*-*) + targ_obj=mips + targ_machine=EM_MIPS + targ_size=32 + targ_big_endian=true + targ_extra_big_endian=false + ;; *) targ_obj=UNKNOWN ;; diff --git a/gold/mips.cc b/gold/mips.cc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..50d02271a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gold/mips.cc @@ -0,0 +1,10517 @@ +// mips.cc -- mips target support for gold. + +// Copyright (C) 2011-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +// Written by Sasa Stankovic +// and Aleksandar Simeonov . +// This file contains borrowed and adapted code from bfd/elfxx-mips.c. + +// This file is part of gold. + +// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. + +// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. + +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +// Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, +// MA 02110-1301, USA. + +#include "gold.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include "demangle.h" + +#include "elfcpp.h" +#include "parameters.h" +#include "reloc.h" +#include "mips.h" +#include "object.h" +#include "symtab.h" +#include "layout.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "copy-relocs.h" +#include "target.h" +#include "target-reloc.h" +#include "target-select.h" +#include "tls.h" +#include "errors.h" +#include "gc.h" + +namespace +{ +using namespace gold; + +template +class Mips_output_data_plt; + +template +class Mips_output_data_got; + +template +class Target_mips; + +template +class Mips_output_section_reginfo; + +template +class Mips_output_data_la25_stub; + +template +class Mips_output_data_mips_stubs; + +template +class Mips_symbol; + +template +class Mips_got_info; + +template +class Mips_relobj; + +class Mips16_stub_section_base; + +template +class Mips16_stub_section; + +// The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have +// a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic +// linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore +// contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves +// (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things +// like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE). + +// GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated +// GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global +// GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in +// the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative +// accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic +// relocations only. + +// These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower +// values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE +// values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. + +enum Global_got_area +{ + GGA_NORMAL = 0, + GGA_RELOC_ONLY = 1, + GGA_NONE = 2 +}; + +// The types of GOT entries needed for this platform. +// These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link. +// Do not renumber existing values without changing the version +// number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section. +enum Got_type +{ + GOT_TYPE_STANDARD = 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol + GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET = 1, // GOT entry for TLS offset + GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR = 2, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair + + // GOT entries for multi-GOT. We support up to 1024 GOTs in multi-GOT links. + GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT = 3, + GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + 1024, + GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR_MULTIGOT = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT + 1024 +}; + +// TLS type of GOT entry. +enum Got_tls_type +{ + GOT_TLS_NONE = 0, + GOT_TLS_GD = 1, + GOT_TLS_LDM = 2, + GOT_TLS_IE = 4 +}; + +// Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from OBJECT might +// require an la25 stub. See also local_pic_function, which determines +// whether the destination function ever requires a stub. +template +static inline bool +relocation_needs_la25_stub(Mips_relobj* object, + unsigned int r_type, bool target_is_16_bit_code) +{ + // We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects, + // where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any + // necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization + // is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use + // the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. + if (object->is_pic()) + return false; + + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2: + return true; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26: + return !target_is_16_bit_code; + + default: + return false; + } +} + +// Return true if SYM is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense +// that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry. +// Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions, +// so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16 +// entry points are of interest here. +template +static inline bool +local_pic_function(Mips_symbol* sym) +{ + bool def_regular = (sym->source() == Symbol::FROM_OBJECT + && !sym->object()->is_dynamic() + && !sym->is_undefined()); + + if (sym->is_defined() && def_regular) + { + Mips_relobj* object = + static_cast*>(sym->object()); + + if ((object->is_pic() || sym->is_pic()) + && (!sym->is_mips16() + || (sym->has_mips16_fn_stub() && sym->need_fn_stub()))) + return true; + } + return false; +} + +static inline bool +hi16_reloc(int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16); +} + +static inline bool +lo16_reloc(int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16); +} + +static inline bool +got16_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16); +} + +static inline bool +call_lo16_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16); +} + +static inline bool +got_lo16_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16); +} + +static inline bool +got_disp_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP); +} + +static inline bool +got_page_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE); +} + +static inline bool +tls_gd_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD); +} + +static inline bool +tls_gottprel_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL); +} + +static inline bool +tls_ldm_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM); +} + +static inline bool +mips16_call_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16); +} + +static inline bool +jal_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1); +} + +static inline bool +micromips_branch_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1); +} + +// Check if R_TYPE is a MIPS16 reloc. +static inline bool +mips16_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16: + return true; + + default: + return false; + } +} + +// Check if R_TYPE is a microMIPS reloc. +static inline bool +micromips_reloc(unsigned int r_type) +{ + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_SUB: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2: + return true; + + default: + return false; + } +} + +static inline bool +is_matching_lo16_reloc(unsigned int high_reloc, unsigned int lo16_reloc) +{ + switch (high_reloc) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16: + return lo16_reloc == elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16: + return lo16_reloc == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16; + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: + return lo16_reloc == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16; + default: + return false; + } +} + +// This class is used to hold information about one GOT entry. +// There are three types of entry: +// +// (1) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input object +// (object != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM) +// (2) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input object +// (object != NULL, symndx == -1) +// (3) a TLS LDM slot +// (object != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM) + +template +class Mips_got_entry +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + + public: + Mips_got_entry(Mips_relobj* object, unsigned int symndx, + Mips_address addend, unsigned char tls_type, + unsigned int shndx) + : object_(object), symndx_(symndx), tls_type_(tls_type), shndx_(shndx) + { this->d.addend = addend; } + + Mips_got_entry(Mips_relobj* object, Mips_symbol* sym, + unsigned char tls_type) + : object_(object), symndx_(-1U), tls_type_(tls_type), shndx_(-1U) + { this->d.sym = sym; } + + // Return whether this entry is for a local symbol. + bool + is_for_local_symbol() const + { return this->symndx_ != -1U; } + + // Return whether this entry is for a global symbol. + bool + is_for_global_symbol() const + { return this->symndx_ == -1U; } + + // Return the hash of this entry. + size_t + hash() const + { + if (this->tls_type_ == GOT_TLS_LDM) + return this->symndx_ + (1 << 18); + if (this->symndx_ != -1U) + { + uintptr_t object_id = reinterpret_cast(this->object()); + return this->symndx_ + object_id + this->d.addend; + } + else + { + uintptr_t sym_id = reinterpret_cast(this->d.sym); + return this->symndx_ + sym_id; + } + } + + // Return whether this entry is equal to OTHER. + bool + equals(Mips_got_entry* other) const + { + if (this->symndx_ != other->symndx_ + || this->tls_type_ != other->tls_type_) + return false; + if (this->tls_type_ == GOT_TLS_LDM) + return true; + if (this->symndx_ != -1U) + return (this->object() == other->object() + && this->d.addend == other->d.addend); + else + return this->d.sym == other->d.sym; + } + + // Return input object that needs this GOT entry. + Mips_relobj* + object() const + { + gold_assert(this->object_ != NULL); + return this->object_; + } + + // Return local symbol index for local GOT entries. + unsigned int + symndx() const + { + gold_assert(this->symndx_ != -1U); + return this->symndx_; + } + + // Return the relocation addend for local GOT entries. + Mips_address + addend() const + { + gold_assert(this->symndx_ != -1U); + return this->d.addend; + } + + // Return global symbol for global GOT entries. + Mips_symbol* + sym() const + { + gold_assert(this->symndx_ == -1U); + return this->d.sym; + } + + // Return whether this is a TLS GOT entry. + bool + is_tls_entry() const + { return this->tls_type_ != GOT_TLS_NONE; } + + // Return TLS type of this GOT entry. + unsigned char + tls_type() const + { return this->tls_type_; } + + // Return section index of the local symbol for local GOT entries. + unsigned int + shndx() const + { return this->shndx_; } + + private: + // The input object that needs the GOT entry. + Mips_relobj* object_; + // The index of the symbol if we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. + unsigned int symndx_; + + union + { + // If symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation that should be added to the + // symbol value. + Mips_address addend; + // If symndx == -1, the global symbol corresponding to this GOT entry. The + // symbol's entry is in the local area if mips_sym->global_got_area is + // GGA_NONE, otherwise it is in the global area. + Mips_symbol* sym; + } d; + + // The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local + // symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. + unsigned char tls_type_; + + // For local GOT entries, section index of the local symbol. + unsigned int shndx_; +}; + +// Hash for Mips_got_entry. + +template +class Mips_got_entry_hash +{ + public: + size_t + operator()(Mips_got_entry* entry) const + { return entry->hash(); } +}; + +// Equality for Mips_got_entry. + +template +class Mips_got_entry_eq +{ + public: + bool + operator()(Mips_got_entry* e1, + Mips_got_entry* e2) const + { return e1->equals(e2); } +}; + +// Got_page_range. This class describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, +// MAX_ADDEND]. The instances form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by +// increasing MIN_ADDEND. + +struct Got_page_range +{ + Got_page_range() + : next(NULL), min_addend(0), max_addend(0) + { } + + Got_page_range* next; + int min_addend; + int max_addend; + + // Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required. + int + get_max_pages() + { return (this->max_addend - this->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16; } +}; + +// Got_page_entry. This class describes the range of addends that are applied +// to page relocations against a given symbol. + +struct Got_page_entry +{ + Got_page_entry() + : object(NULL), symndx(-1U), ranges(NULL), num_pages(0) + { } + + Got_page_entry(Object* object_, unsigned int symndx_) + : object(object_), symndx(symndx_), ranges(NULL), num_pages(0) + { } + + // The input object that needs the GOT page entry. + Object* object; + // The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. + unsigned int symndx; + // The ranges for this page entry. + Got_page_range* ranges; + // The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. + unsigned int num_pages; +}; + +// Hash for Got_page_entry. + +struct Got_page_entry_hash +{ + size_t + operator()(Got_page_entry* entry) const + { return reinterpret_cast(entry->object) + entry->symndx; } +}; + +// Equality for Got_page_entry. + +struct Got_page_entry_eq +{ + bool + operator()(Got_page_entry* entry1, Got_page_entry* entry2) const + { + return entry1->object == entry2->object && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx; + } +}; + +// This class is used to hold .got information when linking. + +template +class Mips_got_info +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + typedef Output_data_reloc + Reloc_section; + typedef Unordered_map Got_page_offsets; + + // Unordered set of GOT entries. + typedef Unordered_set*, + Mips_got_entry_hash, + Mips_got_entry_eq > Got_entry_set; + + // Unordered set of GOT page entries. + typedef Unordered_set Got_page_entry_set; + + public: + Mips_got_info() + : local_gotno_(0), page_gotno_(0), global_gotno_(0), reloc_only_gotno_(0), + tls_gotno_(0), tls_ldm_offset_(-1U), global_got_symbols_(), + got_entries_(), got_page_entries_(), got_page_offset_start_(0), + got_page_offset_next_(0), got_page_offsets_(), next_(NULL), index_(-1U), + offset_(0) + { } + + // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol + // SYMNDX + ADDEND, where SYMNDX is a local symbol in section SHNDX in OBJECT. + void + record_local_got_symbol(Mips_relobj* object, + unsigned int symndx, Mips_address addend, + unsigned int r_type, unsigned int shndx); + + // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against MIPS_SYM, + // in OBJECT. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in + // using the GOT entry for calls. DYN_RELOC is true if R_TYPE is a dynamic + // relocation. + void + record_global_got_symbol(Mips_symbol* mips_sym, + Mips_relobj* object, + unsigned int r_type, bool dyn_reloc, bool for_call); + + // Add ENTRY to master GOT and to OBJECT's GOT. + void + record_got_entry(Mips_got_entry* entry, + Mips_relobj* object); + + // Record that OBJECT has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and + // that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation. + void + record_got_page_entry(Mips_relobj* object, + unsigned int symndx, int addend); + + // Create all entries that should be in the local part of the GOT. + void + add_local_entries(Target_mips* target, Layout* layout); + + // Create GOT page entries. + void + add_page_entries(Target_mips* target, Layout* layout); + + // Create global GOT entries, both GGA_NORMAL and GGA_RELOC_ONLY. + void + add_global_entries(Target_mips* target, Layout* layout, + unsigned int non_reloc_only_global_gotno); + + // Create global GOT entries that should be in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. + void + add_reloc_only_entries(Mips_output_data_got* got); + + // Create TLS GOT entries. + void + add_tls_entries(Target_mips* target, Layout* layout); + + // Decide whether the symbol needs an entry in the global part of the primary + // GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly. Count the number of global + // symbols that are in the primary GOT only because they have dynamic + // relocations R_MIPS_REL32 against them (reloc_only_gotno). + void + count_got_symbols(Symbol_table* symtab); + + // Return the offset of GOT page entry for VALUE. + unsigned int + get_got_page_offset(Mips_address value, + Mips_output_data_got* got); + + // Count the number of GOT entries required. + void + count_got_entries(); + + // Count the number of GOT entries required by ENTRY. Accumulate the result. + void + count_got_entry(Mips_got_entry* entry); + + // Add FROM's GOT entries. + void + add_got_entries(Mips_got_info* from); + + // Add FROM's GOT page entries. + void + add_got_page_entries(Mips_got_info* from); + + // Return GOT size. + unsigned int + got_size() const + { return ((2 + this->local_gotno_ + this->page_gotno_ + this->global_gotno_ + + this->tls_gotno_) * size/8); + } + + // Return the number of local GOT entries. + unsigned int + local_gotno() const + { return this->local_gotno_; } + + // Return the maximum number of page GOT entries needed. + unsigned int + page_gotno() const + { return this->page_gotno_; } + + // Return the number of global GOT entries. + unsigned int + global_gotno() const + { return this->global_gotno_; } + + // Set the number of global GOT entries. + void + set_global_gotno(unsigned int global_gotno) + { this->global_gotno_ = global_gotno; } + + // Return the number of GGA_RELOC_ONLY global GOT entries. + unsigned int + reloc_only_gotno() const + { return this->reloc_only_gotno_; } + + // Return the number of TLS GOT entries. + unsigned int + tls_gotno() const + { return this->tls_gotno_; } + + // Return the GOT type for this GOT. Used for multi-GOT links only. + unsigned int + multigot_got_type(unsigned int got_type) const + { + switch (got_type) + { + case GOT_TYPE_STANDARD: + return GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + this->index_; + case GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET: + return GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT + this->index_; + case GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR: + return GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR_MULTIGOT + this->index_; + default: + gold_unreachable(); + } + } + + // Remove lazy-binding stubs for global symbols in this GOT. + void + remove_lazy_stubs(Target_mips* target); + + // Return offset of this GOT from the start of .got section. + unsigned int + offset() const + { return this->offset_; } + + // Set offset of this GOT from the start of .got section. + void + set_offset(unsigned int offset) + { this->offset_ = offset; } + + // Set index of this GOT in multi-GOT links. + void + set_index(unsigned int index) + { this->index_ = index; } + + // Return next GOT in multi-GOT links. + Mips_got_info* + next() const + { return this->next_; } + + // Set next GOT in multi-GOT links. + void + set_next(Mips_got_info* next) + { this->next_ = next; } + + // Return the offset of TLS LDM entry for this GOT. + unsigned int + tls_ldm_offset() const + { return this->tls_ldm_offset_; } + + // Set the offset of TLS LDM entry for this GOT. + void + set_tls_ldm_offset(unsigned int tls_ldm_offset) + { this->tls_ldm_offset_ = tls_ldm_offset; } + + Unordered_set*>& + global_got_symbols() + { return this->global_got_symbols_; } + + // Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. + static int + mips_elf_reloc_tls_type(unsigned int r_type) + { + if (tls_gd_reloc(r_type)) + return GOT_TLS_GD; + + if (tls_ldm_reloc(r_type)) + return GOT_TLS_LDM; + + if (tls_gottprel_reloc(r_type)) + return GOT_TLS_IE; + + return GOT_TLS_NONE; + } + + // Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. + static int + mips_tls_got_entries(unsigned int type) + { + switch (type) + { + case GOT_TLS_GD: + case GOT_TLS_LDM: + return 2; + + case GOT_TLS_IE: + return 1; + + case GOT_TLS_NONE: + return 0; + + default: + gold_unreachable(); + } + } + + private: + // The number of local GOT entries. + unsigned int local_gotno_; + // The maximum number of page GOT entries needed. + unsigned int page_gotno_; + // The number of global GOT entries. + unsigned int global_gotno_; + // The number of global GOT entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. + unsigned int reloc_only_gotno_; + // The number of TLS GOT entries. + unsigned int tls_gotno_; + // The offset of TLS LDM entry for this GOT. + unsigned int tls_ldm_offset_; + // All symbols that have global GOT entry. + Unordered_set*> global_got_symbols_; + // A hash table holding GOT entries. + Got_entry_set got_entries_; + // A hash table of GOT page entries. + Got_page_entry_set got_page_entries_; + // The offset of first GOT page entry for this GOT. + unsigned int got_page_offset_start_; + // The offset of next available GOT page entry for this GOT. + unsigned int got_page_offset_next_; + // A hash table that maps GOT page entry value to the GOT offset where + // the entry is located. + Got_page_offsets got_page_offsets_; + // In multi-GOT links, a pointer to the next GOT. + Mips_got_info* next_; + // Index of this GOT in multi-GOT links. + unsigned int index_; + // The offset of this GOT in multi-GOT links. + unsigned int offset_; +}; + +// This is a helper class used during relocation scan. It records GOT16 addend. + +template +struct got16_addend +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + + got16_addend(const Sized_relobj_file* _object, + unsigned int _shndx, unsigned int _r_type, unsigned int _r_sym, + Mips_address _addend) + : object(_object), shndx(_shndx), r_type(_r_type), r_sym(_r_sym), + addend(_addend) + { } + + const Sized_relobj_file* object; + unsigned int shndx; + unsigned int r_type; + unsigned int r_sym; + Mips_address addend; +}; + +// Mips_symbol class. Holds additional symbol information needed for Mips. + +template +class Mips_symbol : public Sized_symbol +{ + public: + Mips_symbol() + : need_fn_stub_(false), has_nonpic_branches_(false), la25_stub_offset_(-1U), + has_static_relocs_(false), no_lazy_stub_(false), lazy_stub_offset_(0), + pointer_equality_needed_(false), global_got_area_(GGA_NONE), + global_gotoffset_(-1U), got_only_for_calls_(true), has_lazy_stub_(false), + needs_mips_plt_(false), needs_comp_plt_(false), mips_plt_offset_(-1U), + comp_plt_offset_(-1U), mips16_fn_stub_(NULL), mips16_call_stub_(NULL), + mips16_call_fp_stub_(NULL), applied_secondary_got_fixup_(false) + { } + + // Return whether this is a MIPS16 symbol. + bool + is_mips16() const + { + // (st_other & STO_MIPS16) == STO_MIPS16 + return ((this->nonvis() & (elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2)) + == elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2); + } + + // Return whether this is a microMIPS symbol. + bool + is_micromips() const + { + // (st_other & STO_MIPS_ISA) == STO_MICROMIPS + return ((this->nonvis() & (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_ISA >> 2)) + == elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS >> 2); + } + + // Return whether the symbol needs MIPS16 fn_stub. + bool + need_fn_stub() const + { return this->need_fn_stub_; } + + // Set that the symbol needs MIPS16 fn_stub. + void + set_need_fn_stub() + { this->need_fn_stub_ = true; } + + // Return whether this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from + // any non-PIC input file. + bool + has_nonpic_branches() const + { return this->has_nonpic_branches_; } + + // Set that this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from + // any non-PIC input file. + void + set_has_nonpic_branches() + { this->has_nonpic_branches_ = true; } + + // Return the offset of the la25 stub for this symbol from the start of the + // la25 stub section. + unsigned int + la25_stub_offset() const + { return this->la25_stub_offset_; } + + // Set the offset of the la25 stub for this symbol from the start of the + // la25 stub section. + void + set_la25_stub_offset(unsigned int offset) + { this->la25_stub_offset_ = offset; } + + // Return whether the symbol has la25 stub. This is true if this symbol is + // for a PIC function, and there are non-PIC branches and jumps to it. + bool + has_la25_stub() const + { return this->la25_stub_offset_ != -1U; } + + // Return whether there is a relocation against this symbol that must be + // resolved by the static linker (that is, the relocation cannot possibly + // be made dynamic). + bool + has_static_relocs() const + { return this->has_static_relocs_; } + + // Set that there is a relocation against this symbol that must be resolved + // by the static linker (that is, the relocation cannot possibly be made + // dynamic). + void + set_has_static_relocs() + { this->has_static_relocs_ = true; } + + // Return whether we must not create a lazy-binding stub for this symbol. + bool + no_lazy_stub() const + { return this->no_lazy_stub_; } + + // Set that we must not create a lazy-binding stub for this symbol. + void + set_no_lazy_stub() + { this->no_lazy_stub_ = true; } + + // Return the offset of the lazy-binding stub for this symbol from the start + // of .MIPS.stubs section. + unsigned int + lazy_stub_offset() const + { return this->lazy_stub_offset_; } + + // Set the offset of the lazy-binding stub for this symbol from the start + // of .MIPS.stubs section. + void + set_lazy_stub_offset(unsigned int offset) + { this->lazy_stub_offset_ = offset; } + + // Return whether there are any relocations for this symbol where + // pointer equality matters. + bool + pointer_equality_needed() const + { return this->pointer_equality_needed_; } + + // Set that there are relocations for this symbol where pointer equality + // matters. + void + set_pointer_equality_needed() + { this->pointer_equality_needed_ = true; } + + // Return global GOT area where this symbol in located. + Global_got_area + global_got_area() const + { return this->global_got_area_; } + + // Set global GOT area where this symbol in located. + void + set_global_got_area(Global_got_area global_got_area) + { this->global_got_area_ = global_got_area; } + + // Return the global GOT offset for this symbol. For multi-GOT links, this + // returns the offset from the start of .got section to the first GOT entry + // for the symbol. Note that in multi-GOT links the symbol can have entry + // in more than one GOT. + unsigned int + global_gotoffset() const + { return this->global_gotoffset_; } + + // Set the global GOT offset for this symbol. Note that in multi-GOT links + // the symbol can have entry in more than one GOT. This method will set + // the offset only if it is less than current offset. + void + set_global_gotoffset(unsigned int offset) + { + if (this->global_gotoffset_ == -1U || offset < this->global_gotoffset_) + this->global_gotoffset_ = offset; + } + + // Return whether all GOT relocations for this symbol are for calls. + bool + got_only_for_calls() const + { return this->got_only_for_calls_; } + + // Set that there is a GOT relocation for this symbol that is not for call. + void + set_got_not_only_for_calls() + { this->got_only_for_calls_ = false; } + + // Return whether this is a PIC symbol. + bool + is_pic() const + { + // (st_other & STO_MIPS_FLAGS) == STO_MIPS_PIC + return ((this->nonvis() & (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2)) + == (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PIC >> 2)); + } + + // Set the flag in st_other field that marks this symbol as PIC. + void + set_pic() + { + if (this->is_mips16()) + // (st_other & ~(STO_MIPS16 | STO_MIPS_FLAGS)) | STO_MIPS_PIC + this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis() + & ~((elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2) + | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2))) + | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PIC >> 2)); + else + // (other & ~STO_MIPS_FLAGS) | STO_MIPS_PIC + this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis() & ~(elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2)) + | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PIC >> 2)); + } + + // Set the flag in st_other field that marks this symbol as PLT. + void + set_mips_plt() + { + if (this->is_mips16()) + // (st_other & (STO_MIPS16 | ~STO_MIPS_FLAGS)) | STO_MIPS_PLT + this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis() + & ((elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2) + | ~(elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2))) + | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PLT >> 2)); + + else + // (st_other & ~STO_MIPS_FLAGS) | STO_MIPS_PLT + this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis() & ~(elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2)) + | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PLT >> 2)); + } + + // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_symbol pointer. + static Mips_symbol* + as_mips_sym(Symbol* sym) + { return static_cast*>(sym); } + + // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_symbol pointer. + static const Mips_symbol* + as_mips_sym(const Symbol* sym) + { return static_cast*>(sym); } + + // Return whether the symbol has lazy-binding stub. + bool + has_lazy_stub() const + { return this->has_lazy_stub_; } + + // Set whether the symbol has lazy-binding stub. + void + set_has_lazy_stub(bool has_lazy_stub) + { this->has_lazy_stub_ = has_lazy_stub; } + + // Return whether the symbol needs a standard PLT entry. + bool + needs_mips_plt() const + { return this->needs_mips_plt_; } + + // Set whether the symbol needs a standard PLT entry. + void + set_needs_mips_plt(bool needs_mips_plt) + { this->needs_mips_plt_ = needs_mips_plt; } + + // Return whether the symbol needs a compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT + // entry. + bool + needs_comp_plt() const + { return this->needs_comp_plt_; } + + // Set whether the symbol needs a compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry. + void + set_needs_comp_plt(bool needs_comp_plt) + { this->needs_comp_plt_ = needs_comp_plt; } + + // Return standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. + unsigned int + mips_plt_offset() const + { return this->mips_plt_offset_; } + + // Set standard PLT entry offset. + void + set_mips_plt_offset(unsigned int mips_plt_offset) + { this->mips_plt_offset_ = mips_plt_offset; } + + // Return whether the symbol has standard PLT entry. + bool + has_mips_plt_offset() const + { return this->mips_plt_offset_ != -1U; } + + // Return compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. + unsigned int + comp_plt_offset() const + { return this->comp_plt_offset_; } + + // Set compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry offset. + void + set_comp_plt_offset(unsigned int comp_plt_offset) + { this->comp_plt_offset_ = comp_plt_offset; } + + // Return whether the symbol has compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry. + bool + has_comp_plt_offset() const + { return this->comp_plt_offset_ != -1U; } + + // Return MIPS16 fn stub for a symbol. + template + Mips16_stub_section* + get_mips16_fn_stub() const + { + return static_cast*>(mips16_fn_stub_); + } + + // Set MIPS16 fn stub for a symbol. + void + set_mips16_fn_stub(Mips16_stub_section_base* stub) + { this->mips16_fn_stub_ = stub; } + + // Return whether symbol has MIPS16 fn stub. + bool + has_mips16_fn_stub() const + { return this->mips16_fn_stub_ != NULL; } + + // Return MIPS16 call stub for a symbol. + template + Mips16_stub_section* + get_mips16_call_stub() const + { + return static_cast*>( + mips16_call_stub_); + } + + // Set MIPS16 call stub for a symbol. + void + set_mips16_call_stub(Mips16_stub_section_base* stub) + { this->mips16_call_stub_ = stub; } + + // Return whether symbol has MIPS16 call stub. + bool + has_mips16_call_stub() const + { return this->mips16_call_stub_ != NULL; } + + // Return MIPS16 call_fp stub for a symbol. + template + Mips16_stub_section* + get_mips16_call_fp_stub() const + { + return static_cast*>( + mips16_call_fp_stub_); + } + + // Set MIPS16 call_fp stub for a symbol. + void + set_mips16_call_fp_stub(Mips16_stub_section_base* stub) + { this->mips16_call_fp_stub_ = stub; } + + // Return whether symbol has MIPS16 call_fp stub. + bool + has_mips16_call_fp_stub() const + { return this->mips16_call_fp_stub_ != NULL; } + + bool + get_applied_secondary_got_fixup() const + { return applied_secondary_got_fixup_; } + + void + set_applied_secondary_got_fixup() + { this->applied_secondary_got_fixup_ = true; } + + private: + // Whether the symbol needs MIPS16 fn_stub. This is true if this symbol + // appears in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. + bool need_fn_stub_; + + // True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from + // any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an + // la25 stub is required. + bool has_nonpic_branches_; + + // The offset of the la25 stub for this symbol from the start of the + // la25 stub section. + unsigned int la25_stub_offset_; + + // True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be + // resolved by the static linker (that is, the relocation cannot + // possibly be made dynamic). + bool has_static_relocs_; + + // Whether we must not create a lazy-binding stub for this symbol. + // This is true if the symbol has relocations related to taking the + // function's address. + bool no_lazy_stub_; + + // The offset of the lazy-binding stub for this symbol from the start of + // .MIPS.stubs section. + unsigned int lazy_stub_offset_; + + // True if there are any relocations for this symbol where pointer equality + // matters. + bool pointer_equality_needed_; + + // Global GOT area where this symbol in located, or GGA_NONE if symbol is not + // in the global part of the GOT. + Global_got_area global_got_area_; + + // The global GOT offset for this symbol. For multi-GOT links, this is offset + // from the start of .got section to the first GOT entry for the symbol. + // Note that in multi-GOT links the symbol can have entry in more than one GOT. + unsigned int global_gotoffset_; + + // Whether all GOT relocations for this symbol are for calls. + bool got_only_for_calls_; + // Whether the symbol has lazy-binding stub. + bool has_lazy_stub_; + // Whether the symbol needs a standard PLT entry. + bool needs_mips_plt_; + // Whether the symbol needs a compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry. + bool needs_comp_plt_; + // Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. + unsigned int mips_plt_offset_; + // Compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. + unsigned int comp_plt_offset_; + // MIPS16 fn stub for a symbol. + Mips16_stub_section_base* mips16_fn_stub_; + // MIPS16 call stub for a symbol. + Mips16_stub_section_base* mips16_call_stub_; + // MIPS16 call_fp stub for a symbol. + Mips16_stub_section_base* mips16_call_fp_stub_; + + bool applied_secondary_got_fixup_; +}; + +// Mips16_stub_section class. + +// The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle +// floating point arguments. + +// Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that +// copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and +// then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the +// call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit +// function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to +// consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because +// if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub, +// since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function. + +// Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs +// that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp +// regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function, +// then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected +// to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the +// stub should be discarded. + +// .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs +// which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs +// to the gp regs. These stubs store the return address in $18 while +// calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs +// must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not +// needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because +// 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both +// $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.) + +// Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically. +// Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation +// information will indicate which symbol the section is for. + +// We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. + +// TODO(sasa): All mips16 stub sections should be emitted in the .text section. + +class Mips16_stub_section_base { }; + +template +class Mips16_stub_section : public Mips16_stub_section_base +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + + public: + Mips16_stub_section(Mips_relobj* object, unsigned int shndx) + : object_(object), shndx_(shndx), r_sym_(0), gsym_(NULL), + found_r_mips_none_(false) + { + gold_assert(object->is_mips16_fn_stub_section(shndx) + || object->is_mips16_call_stub_section(shndx) + || object->is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(shndx)); + } + + // Return the object of this stub section. + Mips_relobj* + object() const + { return this->object_; } + + // Return the size of a section. + uint64_t + section_size() const + { return this->object_->section_size(this->shndx_); } + + // Return section index of this stub section. + unsigned int + shndx() const + { return this->shndx_; } + + // Return symbol index, if stub is for a local function. + unsigned int + r_sym() const + { return this->r_sym_; } + + // Return symbol, if stub is for a global function. + Mips_symbol* + gsym() const + { return this->gsym_; } + + // Return whether stub is for a local function. + bool + is_for_local_function() const + { return this->gsym_ == NULL; } + + // This method is called when a new relocation R_TYPE for local symbol R_SYM + // is found in the stub section. Try to find stub target. + void + new_local_reloc_found(unsigned int r_type, unsigned int r_sym) + { + // To find target symbol for this stub, trust the first R_MIPS_NONE + // relocation, if any. Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever + // its kind. + if (this->found_r_mips_none_) + return; + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE) + { + this->r_sym_ = r_sym; + this->gsym_ = NULL; + this->found_r_mips_none_ = true; + } + else if (!is_target_found()) + this->r_sym_ = r_sym; + } + + // This method is called when a new relocation R_TYPE for global symbol GSYM + // is found in the stub section. Try to find stub target. + void + new_global_reloc_found(unsigned int r_type, Mips_symbol* gsym) + { + // To find target symbol for this stub, trust the first R_MIPS_NONE + // relocation, if any. Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever + // its kind. + if (this->found_r_mips_none_) + return; + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE) + { + this->gsym_ = gsym; + this->r_sym_ = 0; + this->found_r_mips_none_ = true; + } + else if (!is_target_found()) + this->gsym_ = gsym; + } + + // Return whether we found the stub target. + bool + is_target_found() const + { return this->r_sym_ != 0 || this->gsym_ != NULL; } + + // Return whether this is a fn stub. + bool + is_fn_stub() const + { return this->object_->is_mips16_fn_stub_section(this->shndx_); } + + // Return whether this is a call stub. + bool + is_call_stub() const + { return this->object_->is_mips16_call_stub_section(this->shndx_); } + + // Return whether this is a call_fp stub. + bool + is_call_fp_stub() const + { return this->object_->is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(this->shndx_); } + + // Return the output address. + Mips_address + output_address() const + { + return (this->object_->output_section(this->shndx_)->address() + + this->object_->output_section_offset(this->shndx_)); + } + + private: + // The object of this stub section. + Mips_relobj* object_; + // The section index of this stub section. + unsigned int shndx_; + // The symbol index, if stub is for a local function. + unsigned int r_sym_; + // The symbol, if stub is for a global function. + Mips_symbol* gsym_; + // True if we found R_MIPS_NONE relocation in this stub. + bool found_r_mips_none_; +}; + +// Mips_relobj class. + +template +class Mips_relobj : public Sized_relobj_file +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + typedef std::map*> + Mips16_stubs_int_map; + typedef typename elfcpp::Swap::Valtype Valtype; + + public: + Mips_relobj(const std::string& name, Input_file* input_file, off_t offset, + const typename elfcpp::Ehdr& ehdr) + : Sized_relobj_file(name, input_file, offset, ehdr), + processor_specific_flags_(0), local_symbol_is_mips16_(), + local_symbol_is_micromips_(), mips16_stub_sections_(), + local_non_16bit_calls_(), local_16bit_calls_(), local_mips16_fn_stubs_(), + local_mips16_call_stubs_(), gp_(0), got_info_(NULL), + section_is_mips16_fn_stub_(), section_is_mips16_call_stub_(), + section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_(), pdr_shndx_(-1U), gprmask_(0), + cprmask1_(0), cprmask2_(0), cprmask3_(0), cprmask4_(0) + { + this->is_pic_ = (ehdr.get_e_flags() & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0; + this->is_n32_ = elfcpp::abi_n32(ehdr.get_e_flags()); + this->is_n64_ = elfcpp::abi_64(ehdr.get_e_ident()[elfcpp::EI_CLASS]); + } + + ~Mips_relobj() + { } + + // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_relobj pointer. This is + // not type-safe but we only use Mips_relobj not the base class. + static Mips_relobj* + as_mips_relobj(Relobj* relobj) + { return static_cast*>(relobj); } + + // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_relobj pointer. This is + // not type-safe but we only use Mips_relobj not the base class. + static const Mips_relobj* + as_mips_relobj(const Relobj* relobj) + { return static_cast*>(relobj); } + + // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after + // reading symbols. + elfcpp::Elf_Word + processor_specific_flags() const + { return this->processor_specific_flags_; } + + // Whether a local symbol is MIPS16 symbol. R_SYM is the symbol table + // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called. + bool + local_symbol_is_mips16(unsigned int r_sym) const + { + gold_assert(r_sym < this->local_symbol_is_mips16_.size()); + return this->local_symbol_is_mips16_[r_sym]; + } + + // Whether a local symbol is microMIPS symbol. R_SYM is the symbol table + // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called. + bool + local_symbol_is_micromips(unsigned int r_sym) const + { + gold_assert(r_sym < this->local_symbol_is_micromips_.size()); + return this->local_symbol_is_micromips_[r_sym]; + } + + // Get or create MIPS16 stub section. + Mips16_stub_section* + get_mips16_stub_section(unsigned int shndx) + { + typename Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator it = + this->mips16_stub_sections_.find(shndx); + if (it != this->mips16_stub_sections_.end()) + return (*it).second; + + Mips16_stub_section* stub_section = + new Mips16_stub_section(this, shndx); + this->mips16_stub_sections_.insert( + std::pair*>( + stub_section->shndx(), stub_section)); + return stub_section; + } + + // Return MIPS16 fn stub section for local symbol R_SYM, or NULL if this + // object doesn't have fn stub for R_SYM. + Mips16_stub_section* + get_local_mips16_fn_stub(unsigned int r_sym) const + { + typename Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator it = + this->local_mips16_fn_stubs_.find(r_sym); + if (it != this->local_mips16_fn_stubs_.end()) + return (*it).second; + return NULL; + } + + // Record that this object has MIPS16 fn stub for local symbol. This method + // is only called if we decided not to discard the stub. + void + add_local_mips16_fn_stub(Mips16_stub_section* stub) + { + gold_assert(stub->is_for_local_function()); + unsigned int r_sym = stub->r_sym(); + this->local_mips16_fn_stubs_.insert( + std::pair*>( + r_sym, stub)); + } + + // Return MIPS16 call stub section for local symbol R_SYM, or NULL if this + // object doesn't have call stub for R_SYM. + Mips16_stub_section* + get_local_mips16_call_stub(unsigned int r_sym) const + { + typename Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator it = + this->local_mips16_call_stubs_.find(r_sym); + if (it != this->local_mips16_call_stubs_.end()) + return (*it).second; + return NULL; + } + + // Record that this object has MIPS16 call stub for local symbol. This method + // is only called if we decided not to discard the stub. + void + add_local_mips16_call_stub(Mips16_stub_section* stub) + { + gold_assert(stub->is_for_local_function()); + unsigned int r_sym = stub->r_sym(); + this->local_mips16_call_stubs_.insert( + std::pair*>( + r_sym, stub)); + } + + // Record that we found "non 16-bit" call relocation against local symbol + // SYMNDX. This reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 fn stub, if there + // is one. + void + add_local_non_16bit_call(unsigned int symndx) + { this->local_non_16bit_calls_.insert(symndx); } + + // Return true if there is any "non 16-bit" call relocation against local + // symbol SYMNDX in this object. + bool + has_local_non_16bit_call_relocs(unsigned int symndx) + { + return (this->local_non_16bit_calls_.find(symndx) + != this->local_non_16bit_calls_.end()); + } + + // Record that we found 16-bit call relocation R_MIPS16_26 against local + // symbol SYMNDX. Local MIPS16 call or call_fp stubs will only be needed + // if there is some R_MIPS16_26 relocation that refers to the stub symbol. + void + add_local_16bit_call(unsigned int symndx) + { this->local_16bit_calls_.insert(symndx); } + + // Return true if there is any 16-bit call relocation R_MIPS16_26 against local + // symbol SYMNDX in this object. + bool + has_local_16bit_call_relocs(unsigned int symndx) + { + return (this->local_16bit_calls_.find(symndx) + != this->local_16bit_calls_.end()); + } + + // Get gp value that was used to create this object. + Mips_address + gp_value() const + { return this->gp_; } + + // Return whether the object is a PIC object. + bool + is_pic() const + { return this->is_pic_; } + + // Return whether the object uses N32 ABI. + bool + is_n32() const + { return this->is_n32_; } + + // Return whether the object uses N64 ABI. + bool + is_n64() const + { return this->is_n64_; } + + // Return whether the object uses NewABI conventions. + bool + is_newabi() const + { return this->is_n32_ || this->is_n64_; } + + // Return Mips_got_info for this object. + Mips_got_info* + get_got_info() const + { return this->got_info_; } + + // Return Mips_got_info for this object. Create new info if it doesn't exist. + Mips_got_info* + get_or_create_got_info() + { + if (!this->got_info_) + this->got_info_ = new Mips_got_info(); + return this->got_info_; + } + + // Set Mips_got_info for this object. + void + set_got_info(Mips_got_info* got_info) + { this->got_info_ = got_info; } + + // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 stub section. This is only valid + // after do_read_symbols is called. + bool + is_mips16_stub_section(unsigned int shndx) + { + return (is_mips16_fn_stub_section(shndx) + || is_mips16_call_stub_section(shndx) + || is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(shndx)); + } + + // Return TRUE if relocations in section SHNDX can refer directly to a + // MIPS16 function rather than to a hard-float stub. This is only valid + // after do_read_symbols is called. + bool + section_allows_mips16_refs(unsigned int shndx) + { + return (this->is_mips16_stub_section(shndx) || shndx == this->pdr_shndx_); + } + + // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 fn stub section. This is only valid + // after do_read_symbols is called. + bool + is_mips16_fn_stub_section(unsigned int shndx) + { + gold_assert(shndx < this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_.size()); + return this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_[shndx]; + } + + // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 call stub section. This is only valid + // after do_read_symbols is called. + bool + is_mips16_call_stub_section(unsigned int shndx) + { + gold_assert(shndx < this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_.size()); + return this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_[shndx]; + } + + // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 call_fp stub section. This is only + // valid after do_read_symbols is called. + bool + is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(unsigned int shndx) + { + gold_assert(shndx < this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_.size()); + return this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_[shndx]; + } + + // Discard MIPS16 stub secions that are not needed. + void + discard_mips16_stub_sections(Symbol_table* symtab); + + // Return gprmask from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype + gprmask() const + { return this->gprmask_; } + + // Return cprmask1 from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype + cprmask1() const + { return this->cprmask1_; } + + // Return cprmask2 from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype + cprmask2() const + { return this->cprmask2_; } + + // Return cprmask3 from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype + cprmask3() const + { return this->cprmask3_; } + + // Return cprmask4 from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype + cprmask4() const + { return this->cprmask4_; } + + protected: + // Count the local symbols. + void + do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template*, + Stringpool_template*); + + // Read the symbol information. + void + do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd); + + private: + // processor-specific flags in ELF file header. + elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_; + + // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a MIPS16 symbol or not. + // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called. + std::vector local_symbol_is_mips16_; + + // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a microMIPS symbol or not. + // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called. + std::vector local_symbol_is_micromips_; + + // Map from section index to the MIPS16 stub for that section. This contains + // all stubs found in this object. + Mips16_stubs_int_map mips16_stub_sections_; + + // Local symbols that have "non 16-bit" call relocation. This relocation + // would need to refer to a MIPS16 fn stub, if there is one. + std::set local_non_16bit_calls_; + + // Local symbols that have 16-bit call relocation R_MIPS16_26. Local MIPS16 + // call or call_fp stubs will only be needed if there is some R_MIPS16_26 + // relocation that refers to the stub symbol. + std::set local_16bit_calls_; + + // Map from local symbol index to the MIPS16 fn stub for that symbol. + // This contains only the stubs that we decided not to discard. + Mips16_stubs_int_map local_mips16_fn_stubs_; + + // Map from local symbol index to the MIPS16 call stub for that symbol. + // This contains only the stubs that we decided not to discard. + Mips16_stubs_int_map local_mips16_call_stubs_; + + // gp value that was used to create this object. + Mips_address gp_; + // Whether the object is a PIC object. + bool is_pic_ : 1; + // Whether the object uses N32 ABI. + bool is_n32_ : 1; + // Whether the object uses N64 ABI. + bool is_n64_ : 1; + // The Mips_got_info for this object. + Mips_got_info* got_info_; + + // Bit vector to tell if a section is a MIPS16 fn stub section or not. + // This is only valid after do_read_symbols is called. + std::vector section_is_mips16_fn_stub_; + + // Bit vector to tell if a section is a MIPS16 call stub section or not. + // This is only valid after do_read_symbols is called. + std::vector section_is_mips16_call_stub_; + + // Bit vector to tell if a section is a MIPS16 call_fp stub section or not. + // This is only valid after do_read_symbols is called. + std::vector section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_; + + // .pdr section index. + unsigned int pdr_shndx_; + + // gprmask from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype gprmask_; + // cprmask1 from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype cprmask1_; + // cprmask2 from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype cprmask2_; + // cprmask3 from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype cprmask3_; + // cprmask4 from the .reginfo section of this object. + Valtype cprmask4_; +}; + +// Mips_output_data_got class. + +template +class Mips_output_data_got : public Output_data_got +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + typedef Output_data_reloc + Reloc_section; + typedef typename elfcpp::Swap::Valtype Valtype; + + public: + Mips_output_data_got(Target_mips* target, + Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout) + : Output_data_got(), target_(target), + symbol_table_(symtab), layout_(layout), static_relocs_(), got_view_(NULL), + first_global_got_dynsym_index_(-1U), primary_got_(NULL), + secondary_got_relocs_() + { + this->master_got_info_ = new Mips_got_info(); + this->set_addralign(16); + } + + // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol + // SYMNDX + ADDEND, where SYMNDX is a local symbol in section SHNDX in OBJECT. + void + record_local_got_symbol(Mips_relobj* object, + unsigned int symndx, Mips_address addend, + unsigned int r_type, unsigned int shndx) + { + this->master_got_info_->record_local_got_symbol(object, symndx, addend, + r_type, shndx); + } + + // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against MIPS_SYM, + // in OBJECT. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in + // using the GOT entry for calls. DYN_RELOC is true if R_TYPE is a dynamic + // relocation. + void + record_global_got_symbol(Mips_symbol* mips_sym, + Mips_relobj* object, + unsigned int r_type, bool dyn_reloc, bool for_call) + { + this->master_got_info_->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, object, r_type, + dyn_reloc, for_call); + } + + // Record that OBJECT has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and + // that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation. + void + record_got_page_entry(Mips_relobj* object, + unsigned int symndx, int addend) + { this->master_got_info_->record_got_page_entry(object, symndx, addend); } + + // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global + // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be + // applied in a static link. + void + add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type, + Mips_symbol* gsym) + { this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, gsym)); } + + // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object + // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic + // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link. + void + add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type, + Sized_relobj_file* relobj, + unsigned int index) + { + this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, relobj, + index)); + } + + // Record that global symbol GSYM has R_TYPE dynamic relocation in the + // secondary GOT at OFFSET. + void + add_secondary_got_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type, + Mips_symbol* gsym) + { + this->secondary_got_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset, + r_type, gsym)); + } + + // Update GOT entry at OFFSET with VALUE. + void + update_got_entry(unsigned int offset, Mips_address value) + { + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(this->got_view_ + offset, value); + } + + // Return the number of entries in local part of the GOT. This includes + // local entries, page entries and 2 reserved entries. + unsigned int + get_local_gotno() const + { + if (!this->multi_got()) + { + return (2 + this->master_got_info_->local_gotno() + + this->master_got_info_->page_gotno()); + } + else + return 2 + this->primary_got_->local_gotno() + this->primary_got_->page_gotno(); + } + + // Return dynamic symbol table index of the first symbol with global GOT + // entry. + unsigned int + first_global_got_dynsym_index() const + { return this->first_global_got_dynsym_index_; } + + // Set dynamic symbol table index of the first symbol with global GOT entry. + void + set_first_global_got_dynsym_index(unsigned int index) + { this->first_global_got_dynsym_index_ = index; } + + // Lay out the GOT. Add local, global and TLS entries. If GOT is + // larger than 64K, create multi-GOT. + void + lay_out_got(Layout* layout, Symbol_table* symtab, + const Input_objects* input_objects); + + // Create multi-GOT. For every GOT, add local, global and TLS entries. + void + lay_out_multi_got(Layout* layout, const Input_objects* input_objects); + + // Attempt to merge GOTs of different input objects. + void + merge_gots(const Input_objects* input_objects); + + // Consider merging FROM, which is OBJECT's GOT, into TO. Return false if + // this would lead to overflow, true if they were merged successfully. + bool + merge_got_with(Mips_got_info* from, + Mips_relobj* object, + Mips_got_info* to); + + // Return the offset of GOT page entry for VALUE. For multi-GOT links, + // use OBJECT's GOT. + unsigned int + get_got_page_offset(Mips_address value, + const Mips_relobj* object) + { + Mips_got_info* g = (!this->multi_got() + ? this->master_got_info_ + : object->get_got_info()); + gold_assert(g != NULL); + return g->get_got_page_offset(value, this); + } + + // Return the GOT offset of type GOT_TYPE of the global symbol + // GSYM. For multi-GOT links, use OBJECT's GOT. + unsigned int got_offset(const Symbol* gsym, unsigned int got_type, + Mips_relobj* object) const + { + if (!this->multi_got()) + return gsym->got_offset(got_type); + else + { + Mips_got_info* g = object->get_got_info(); + gold_assert(g != NULL); + return gsym->got_offset(g->multigot_got_type(got_type)); + } + } + + // Return the GOT offset of type GOT_TYPE of the local symbol + // SYMNDX. + unsigned int + got_offset(unsigned int symndx, unsigned int got_type, + Sized_relobj_file* object) const + { return object->local_got_offset(symndx, got_type); } + + // Return the offset of TLS LDM entry. For multi-GOT links, use OBJECT's GOT. + unsigned int + tls_ldm_offset(Mips_relobj* object) const + { + Mips_got_info* g = (!this->multi_got() + ? this->master_got_info_ + : object->get_got_info()); + gold_assert(g != NULL); + return g->tls_ldm_offset(); + } + + // Set the offset of TLS LDM entry. For multi-GOT links, use OBJECT's GOT. + void + set_tls_ldm_offset(unsigned int tls_ldm_offset, + Mips_relobj* object) + { + Mips_got_info* g = (!this->multi_got() + ? this->master_got_info_ + : object->get_got_info()); + gold_assert(g != NULL); + g->set_tls_ldm_offset(tls_ldm_offset); + } + + // Return true for multi-GOT links. + bool + multi_got() const + { return this->primary_got_ != NULL; } + + // Return the offset of OBJECT's GOT from the start of .got section. + unsigned int + get_got_offset(const Mips_relobj* object) + { + if (!this->multi_got()) + return 0; + else + { + Mips_got_info* g = object->get_got_info(); + return g != NULL ? g->offset() : 0; + } + } + + // Create global GOT entries that should be in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. + void + add_reloc_only_entries() + { this->master_got_info_->add_reloc_only_entries(this); } + + // Return offset of the primary GOT's entry for global symbol. + unsigned int + get_primary_got_offset(const Mips_symbol* sym) const + { + gold_assert(sym->global_got_area() != GGA_NONE); + return (this->get_local_gotno() + sym->dynsym_index() + - this->first_global_got_dynsym_index()) * size/8; + } + + // For the entry at offset GOT_OFFSET, return its offset from the gp. + // Input argument GOT_OFFSET is always global offset from the start of + // .got section, for both single and multi-GOT links. + // For single GOT links, this returns GOT_OFFSET - 0x7FF0. For multi-GOT + // links, the return value is object_got_offset - 0x7FF0, where + // object_got_offset is offset in the OBJECT's GOT. + int + gp_offset(unsigned int got_offset, + const Mips_relobj* object) const + { + return (this->address() + got_offset + - this->target_->adjusted_gp_value(object)); + } + + protected: + // Write out the GOT table. + void + do_write(Output_file*); + + private: + + // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by + // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link. + class Static_reloc + { + public: + Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type, + Mips_symbol* gsym) + : got_offset_(got_offset), r_type_(r_type), symbol_is_global_(true) + { this->u_.global.symbol = gsym; } + + Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type, + Sized_relobj_file* relobj, unsigned int index) + : got_offset_(got_offset), r_type_(r_type), symbol_is_global_(false) + { + this->u_.local.relobj = relobj; + this->u_.local.index = index; + } + + // Return the GOT offset. + unsigned int + got_offset() const + { return this->got_offset_; } + + // Relocation type. + unsigned int + r_type() const + { return this->r_type_; } + + // Whether the symbol is global or not. + bool + symbol_is_global() const + { return this->symbol_is_global_; } + + // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol. + Mips_symbol* + symbol() const + { + gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_); + return this->u_.global.symbol; + } + + // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object. + Sized_relobj_file* + relobj() const + { + gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_); + return this->u_.local.relobj; + } + + // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index. + unsigned int + index() const + { + gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_); + return this->u_.local.index; + } + + private: + // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied. + unsigned int got_offset_; + // Type of relocation. + unsigned int r_type_; + // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol. + bool symbol_is_global_; + // A global or local symbol. + union + { + struct + { + // For a global symbol, the symbol itself. + Mips_symbol* symbol; + } global; + struct + { + // For a local symbol, the object defining object. + Sized_relobj_file* relobj; + // For a local symbol, the symbol index. + unsigned int index; + } local; + } u_; + }; + + // The target. + Target_mips* target_; + // The symbol table. + Symbol_table* symbol_table_; + // The layout. + Layout* layout_; + // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT. + std::vector static_relocs_; + // .got section view. + unsigned char* got_view_; + // The dynamic symbol table index of the first symbol with global GOT entry. + unsigned int first_global_got_dynsym_index_; + // The master GOT information. + Mips_got_info* master_got_info_; + // The primary GOT information. + Mips_got_info* primary_got_; + // Secondary GOT fixups. + std::vector secondary_got_relocs_; +}; + +// A class to handle LA25 stubs - non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are +// two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add: +// +// lui $25,%hi(func) +// j func +// addiu $25,$25,%lo(func) +// +// to a separate trampoline section. The second is to add: +// +// lui $25,%hi(func) +// addiu $25,$25,%lo(func) +// +// immediately before a PIC function "func", but only if a function is at the +// beginning of the section, and the section is not too heavily aligned (i.e we +// would need to add no more than 2 nops before the stub.) +// +// We only create stubs of the first type. + +template +class Mips_output_data_la25_stub : public Output_section_data +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + + public: + Mips_output_data_la25_stub() + : Output_section_data(size == 32 ? 4 : 8), symbols_() + { } + + // Create LA25 stub for a symbol. + void + create_la25_stub(Symbol_table* symtab, Target_mips* target, + Mips_symbol* gsym); + + // Return output address of a stub. + Mips_address + stub_address(const Mips_symbol* sym) const + { + gold_assert(sym->has_la25_stub()); + return this->address() + sym->la25_stub_offset(); + } + + protected: + void + do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os) + { os->set_entsize(0); } + + private: + // Template for standard LA25 stub. + static const uint32_t la25_stub_entry[]; + // Template for microMIPS LA25 stub. + static const uint32_t la25_stub_micromips_entry[]; + + // Set the final size. + void + set_final_data_size() + { this->set_data_size(this->symbols_.size() * 16); } + + // Create a symbol for SYM stub's value and size, to help make the + // disassembly easier to read. + void + create_stub_symbol(Mips_symbol* sym, Symbol_table* symtab, + Target_mips* target, uint64_t symsize); + + // Write out the LA25 stub section. + void + do_write(Output_file*); + + // Symbols that have LA25 stubs. + Unordered_set*> symbols_; +}; + +// A class to handle the PLT data. + +template +class Mips_output_data_plt : public Output_section_data +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + typedef Output_data_reloc Reloc_section; + + public: + // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument, + // since we need to refer to the start. + Mips_output_data_plt(Layout* layout, Output_data_space* got_plt, + Target_mips* target) + : Output_section_data(size == 32 ? 4 : 8), got_plt_(got_plt), symbols_(), + plt_mips_offset_(0), plt_comp_offset_(0), plt_header_size_(0), + target_(target) + { + this->rel_ = new Reloc_section(false); + layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL, + elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_, + ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false); + } + + // Add an entry to the PLT for a symbol referenced by r_type relocation. + void + add_entry(Mips_symbol* gsym, unsigned int r_type); + + // Return the .rel.plt section data. + const Reloc_section* + rel_plt() const + { return this->rel_; } + + // Return the number of PLT entries. + unsigned int + entry_count() const + { return this->symbols_.size(); } + + // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry. + unsigned int + first_plt_entry_offset() const + { return sizeof(plt0_entry_o32); } + + // Return the size of a PLT entry. + unsigned int + plt_entry_size() const + { return sizeof(plt_entry); } + + // Set final PLT offsets. For each symbol, determine whether standard or + // compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry is used. + void + set_plt_offsets(); + + // Return the offset of the first standard PLT entry. + unsigned int + first_mips_plt_offset() const + { return this->plt_header_size_; } + + // Return the offset of the first compressed PLT entry. + unsigned int + first_comp_plt_offset() const + { return this->plt_header_size_ + this->plt_mips_offset_; } + + // Return whether there are any standard PLT entries. + bool + has_standard_entries() const + { return this->plt_mips_offset_ > 0; } + + // Return the output address of standard PLT entry. + Mips_address + mips_entry_address(const Mips_symbol* sym) const + { + gold_assert (sym->has_mips_plt_offset()); + return (this->address() + this->first_mips_plt_offset() + + sym->mips_plt_offset()); + } + + // Return the output address of compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry. + Mips_address + comp_entry_address(const Mips_symbol* sym) const + { + gold_assert (sym->has_comp_plt_offset()); + return (this->address() + this->first_comp_plt_offset() + + sym->comp_plt_offset()); + } + + protected: + void + do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os) + { os->set_entsize(0); } + + // Write to a map file. + void + do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const + { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _(".plt")); } + + private: + // Template for the first PLT entry. + static const uint32_t plt0_entry_o32[]; + static const uint32_t plt0_entry_n32[]; + static const uint32_t plt0_entry_n64[]; + static const uint32_t plt0_entry_micromips_o32[]; + static const uint32_t plt0_entry_micromips32_o32[]; + + // Template for subsequent PLT entries. + static const uint32_t plt_entry[]; + static const uint32_t plt_entry_mips16_o32[]; + static const uint32_t plt_entry_micromips_o32[]; + static const uint32_t plt_entry_micromips32_o32[]; + + // Set the final size. + void + set_final_data_size() + { + this->set_data_size(this->plt_header_size_ + this->plt_mips_offset_ + + this->plt_comp_offset_); + } + + // Write out the PLT data. + void + do_write(Output_file*); + + // Return whether the plt header contains microMIPS code. For the sake of + // cache alignment always use a standard header whenever any standard entries + // are present even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also lets + // the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set by microMIPS + // entries, for a small size reduction. + bool + is_plt_header_compressed() const + { + gold_assert(this->plt_mips_offset_ + this->plt_comp_offset_ != 0); + return this->target_->is_output_micromips() && this->plt_mips_offset_ == 0; + } + + // Return the size of the PLT header. + unsigned int + get_plt_header_size() const + { + if (this->target_->is_output_n64()) + return 4 * sizeof(plt0_entry_n64) / sizeof(plt0_entry_n64[0]); + else if (this->target_->is_output_n32()) + return 4 * sizeof(plt0_entry_n32) / sizeof(plt0_entry_n32[0]); + else if (!this->is_plt_header_compressed()) + return 4 * sizeof(plt0_entry_o32) / sizeof(plt0_entry_o32[0]); + else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions()) + return (2 * sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32) + / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32[0])); + else + return (2 * sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32) + / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32[0])); + } + + // Return the PLT header entry. + const uint32_t* + get_plt_header_entry() const + { + if (this->target_->is_output_n64()) + return plt0_entry_n64; + else if (this->target_->is_output_n32()) + return plt0_entry_n32; + else if (!this->is_plt_header_compressed()) + return plt0_entry_o32; + else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions()) + return plt0_entry_micromips32_o32; + else + return plt0_entry_micromips_o32; + } + + // Return the size of the standard PLT entry. + unsigned int + standard_plt_entry_size() const + { return 4 * sizeof(plt_entry) / sizeof(plt_entry[0]); } + + // Return the size of the compressed PLT entry. + unsigned int + compressed_plt_entry_size() const + { + gold_assert(!this->target_->is_output_newabi()); + + if (!this->target_->is_output_micromips()) + return (2 * sizeof(plt_entry_mips16_o32) + / sizeof(plt_entry_mips16_o32[0])); + else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions()) + return (2 * sizeof(plt_entry_micromips32_o32) + / sizeof(plt_entry_micromips32_o32[0])); + else + return (2 * sizeof(plt_entry_micromips_o32) + / sizeof(plt_entry_micromips_o32[0])); + } + + // The reloc section. + Reloc_section* rel_; + // The .got.plt section. + Output_data_space* got_plt_; + // Symbols that have PLT entry. + std::vector*> symbols_; + // The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. + unsigned int plt_mips_offset_; + // The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. + unsigned int plt_comp_offset_; + // The size of the PLT header in bytes. + unsigned int plt_header_size_; + // The target. + Target_mips* target_; +}; + +// A class to handle the .MIPS.stubs data. + +template +class Mips_output_data_mips_stubs : public Output_section_data +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + + public: + Mips_output_data_mips_stubs(Target_mips* target) + : Output_section_data(size == 32 ? 4 : 8), symbols_(), dynsym_count_(-1U), + stub_offsets_are_set_(false), target_(target) + { } + + // Create entry for a symbol. + void + make_entry(Mips_symbol*); + + // Remove entry for a symbol. + void + remove_entry(Mips_symbol* gsym); + + // Set stub offsets for symbols. This method expects that the number of + // entries in dynamic symbol table is set. + void + set_lazy_stub_offsets(); + + void + set_needs_dynsym_value(); + + // Set the number of entries in dynamic symbol table. + void + set_dynsym_count(unsigned int dynsym_count) + { this->dynsym_count_ = dynsym_count; } + + // Return maximum size of the stub, ie. the stub size if the dynamic symbol + // count is greater than 0x10000. If the dynamic symbol count is less than + // 0x10000, the stub will be 4 bytes smaller. + // There's no disadvantage from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of + // pure-microMIPS binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in + // output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being shorter by + // 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. + unsigned int + stub_max_size() const + { + if (!this->target_->is_output_micromips() + || this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions()) + return 20; + else + return 16; + } + + // Return the size of the stub. This method expects that the final dynsym + // count is set. + unsigned int + stub_size() const + { + gold_assert(this->dynsym_count_ != -1U); + if (this->dynsym_count_ > 0x10000) + return this->stub_max_size(); + else + return this->stub_max_size() - 4; + } + + // Return output address of a stub. + Mips_address + stub_address(const Mips_symbol* sym) const + { + gold_assert(sym->has_lazy_stub()); + return this->address() + sym->lazy_stub_offset(); + } + + protected: + void + do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os) + { os->set_entsize(0); } + + // Write to a map file. + void + do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const + { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _(".MIPS.stubs")); } + + private: + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_1[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_1_n64[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_2[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_2_n64[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_big[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_big_n64[]; + + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1_n64[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2_n64[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_big[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_big_n64[]; + + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1_n64[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2_n64[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_big[]; + static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_big_n64[]; + + // Set the final size. + void + set_final_data_size() + { this->set_data_size(this->symbols_.size() * this->stub_max_size()); } + + // Write out the .MIPS.stubs data. + void + do_write(Output_file*); + + // .MIPS.stubs symbols + Unordered_set*> symbols_; + // Number of entries in dynamic symbol table. + unsigned int dynsym_count_; + // Whether the stub offsets are set. + bool stub_offsets_are_set_; + // The target. + Target_mips* target_; +}; + +// This class handles Mips .reginfo output section. + +template +class Mips_output_section_reginfo : public Output_section +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Swap::Valtype Valtype; + + public: + Mips_output_section_reginfo(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type, + elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags, + Target_mips* target) + : Output_section(name, type, flags), target_(target), gprmask_(0), + cprmask1_(0), cprmask2_(0), cprmask3_(0), cprmask4_(0) + { } + + // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_output_section_reginfo pointer. + static Mips_output_section_reginfo* + as_mips_output_section_reginfo(Output_section* os) + { return static_cast*>(os); } + + // Set masks of the output .reginfo section. + void + set_masks(Valtype gprmask, Valtype cprmask1, Valtype cprmask2, + Valtype cprmask3, Valtype cprmask4) + { + this->gprmask_ = gprmask; + this->cprmask1_ = cprmask1; + this->cprmask2_ = cprmask2; + this->cprmask3_ = cprmask3; + this->cprmask4_ = cprmask4; + } + + protected: + // Set the final data size. + void + set_final_data_size() + { this->set_data_size(24); } + + // Write out reginfo section. + void + do_write(Output_file* of); + + private: + Target_mips* target_; + + // gprmask of the output .reginfo section. + Valtype gprmask_; + // cprmask1 of the output .reginfo section. + Valtype cprmask1_; + // cprmask2 of the output .reginfo section. + Valtype cprmask2_; + // cprmask3 of the output .reginfo section. + Valtype cprmask3_; + // cprmask4 of the output .reginfo section. + Valtype cprmask4_; +}; + +// The MIPS target has relocation types which default handling of relocatable +// relocation cannot process. So we have to extend the default code. + +template +class Mips_scan_relocatable_relocs : + public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs +{ + public: + // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section + // symbol, given the relocation type. + inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy + local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type, Relobj* object) + { + if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA) + return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA; + else + { + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26: + return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL; + + default: + return Default_scan_relocatable_relocs:: + local_section_strategy(r_type, object); + } + } + } +}; + +// Mips_copy_relocs class. The only difference from the base class is the +// method emit_mips, which should be called instead of Copy_reloc_entry::emit. +// Mips cannot convert all relocation types to dynamic relocs. If a reloc +// cannot be made dynamic, a COPY reloc is emitted. + +template +class Mips_copy_relocs : public Copy_relocs +{ + public: + Mips_copy_relocs() + : Copy_relocs(elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY) + { } + + // Emit any saved relocations which turn out to be needed. This is + // called after all the relocs have been scanned. + void + emit_mips(Output_data_reloc*, + Symbol_table*, Layout*, Target_mips*); + + private: + typedef typename Copy_relocs::Copy_reloc_entry + Copy_reloc_entry; + + // Emit this reloc if appropriate. This is called after we have + // scanned all the relocations, so we know whether we emitted a + // COPY relocation for SYM_. + void + emit_entry(Copy_reloc_entry& entry, + Output_data_reloc* reloc_section, + Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, + Target_mips* target); +}; + + +// Return true if the symbol SYM should be considered to resolve local +// to the current module, and false otherwise. The logic is taken from +// GNU ld's method _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p. +static bool +symbol_refs_local(const Symbol* sym, bool has_dynsym_entry, + bool local_protected) +{ + // If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. + if (sym == NULL) + return true; + + // STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. + if (sym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN + || sym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_INTERNAL) + return true; + + // If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't + // resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. + if (sym->source() != Symbol::FROM_OBJECT || sym->object()->is_dynamic() + || sym->is_undefined()) + return false; + + // Forced local symbols resolve locally. + if (sym->is_forced_local()) + return true; + + // As do non-dynamic symbols. + if (!has_dynsym_entry) + return true; + + // At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an + // executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic + // shared libraries. + if (parameters->options().output_is_executable() + || parameters->options().Bsymbolic()) + return true; + + // Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones + // with default visibility might not resolve locally. + if (sym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT) + return false; + + // STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. + if (sym->type() != elfcpp::STT_FUNC) + return true; + + // Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED + // symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a + // function not defined in an executable is set to that function's + // plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in + // a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. + return local_protected; +} + +// Return TRUE if references to this symbol always reference the symbol in this +// object. +static bool +symbol_references_local(const Symbol* sym, bool has_dynsym_entry) +{ + return symbol_refs_local(sym, has_dynsym_entry, false); +} + +// Return TRUE if calls to this symbol always call the version in this object. +static bool +symbol_calls_local(const Symbol* sym, bool has_dynsym_entry) +{ + return symbol_refs_local(sym, has_dynsym_entry, true); +} + +// Compare GOT offsets of two symbols. + +template +static bool +got_offset_compare(Symbol* sym1, Symbol* sym2) +{ + Mips_symbol* mips_sym1 = Mips_symbol::as_mips_sym(sym1); + Mips_symbol* mips_sym2 = Mips_symbol::as_mips_sym(sym2); + unsigned int area1 = mips_sym1->global_got_area(); + unsigned int area2 = mips_sym2->global_got_area(); + gold_assert(area1 != GGA_NONE && area1 != GGA_NONE); + + // GGA_NORMAL entries always come before GGA_RELOC_ONLY. + if (area1 != area2) + return area1 < area2; + + return mips_sym1->global_gotoffset() < mips_sym2->global_gotoffset(); +} + +// This method divides dynamic symbols into symbols that have GOT entry, and +// symbols that don't have GOT entry. It also sorts symbols with the GOT entry. +// Mips ABI requires that symbols with the GOT entry must be at the end of +// dynamic symbol table, and the order in dynamic symbol table must match the +// order in GOT. + +template +static void +reorder_dyn_symbols(std::vector* dyn_symbols, + std::vector* non_got_symbols, + std::vector* got_symbols) +{ + for (std::vector::iterator p = dyn_symbols->begin(); + p != dyn_symbols->end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = Mips_symbol::as_mips_sym(*p); + if (mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_NORMAL + || mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY) + got_symbols->push_back(mips_sym); + else + non_got_symbols->push_back(mips_sym); + } + + std::sort(got_symbols->begin(), got_symbols->end(), + got_offset_compare); +} + +// Functor class for processing the global symbol table. + +template +class Symbol_visitor_check_symbols +{ + public: + Symbol_visitor_check_symbols(Target_mips* target, + Layout* layout, Symbol_table* symtab) + : target_(target), layout_(layout), symtab_(symtab) + { } + + void + operator()(Sized_symbol* sym) + { + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = Mips_symbol::as_mips_sym(sym); + if (local_pic_function(mips_sym)) + { + // SYM is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry. + // If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark SYM as + // being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with + // non-PIC branches and jumps to SYM, make sure that SYM has an la25 + // stub. + if (parameters->options().relocatable()) + { + if (!parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) + mips_sym->set_pic(); + } + else if (mips_sym->has_nonpic_branches()) + { + this->target_->la25_stub_section(layout_) + ->create_la25_stub(this->symtab_, this->target_, mips_sym); + } + } + } + + private: + Target_mips* target_; + Layout* layout_; + Symbol_table* symtab_; +}; + +template +class Target_mips : public Sized_target +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + typedef Output_data_reloc + Reloc_section; + typedef Output_data_reloc + Reloca_section; + typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype32; + typedef typename elfcpp::Swap::Valtype Valtype; + + public: + Target_mips(const Target::Target_info* info = &mips_info) + : Sized_target(info), got_(NULL), gp_(NULL), plt_(NULL), + got_plt_(NULL), rel_dyn_(NULL), copy_relocs_(), + dyn_relocs_(), la25_stub_(NULL), mips_mach_extensions_(), + mips_stubs_(NULL), ei_class_(0), mach_(0), layout_(NULL), + got16_addends_(), entry_symbol_is_compressed_(false), insn32_(false) + { + this->add_machine_extensions(); + } + + // The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. + static const unsigned int MIPS_GP_OFFSET = 0x7ff0; + + // The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit + // offsets from $gp. + static const unsigned int MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE = MIPS_GP_OFFSET + 0x7fff; + + // Make a new symbol table entry for the Mips target. + Sized_symbol* + make_symbol() const + { return new Mips_symbol(); } + + // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for + // garbage collection. + void + gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + bool needs_special_offset_handling, + size_t local_symbol_count, + const unsigned char* plocal_symbols); + + // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments. + void + scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + bool needs_special_offset_handling, + size_t local_symbol_count, + const unsigned char* plocal_symbols); + + // Finalize the sections. + void + do_finalize_sections(Layout*, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*); + + // Relocate a section. + void + relocate_section(const Relocate_info*, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + bool needs_special_offset_handling, + unsigned char* view, + Mips_address view_address, + section_size_type view_size, + const Reloc_symbol_changes*); + + // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link. + void + scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + bool needs_special_offset_handling, + size_t local_symbol_count, + const unsigned char* plocal_symbols, + Relocatable_relocs*); + + // Emit relocations for a section. + void + relocate_relocs(const Relocate_info*, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Off + offset_in_output_section, + const Relocatable_relocs*, + unsigned char* view, + Mips_address view_address, + section_size_type view_size, + unsigned char* reloc_view, + section_size_type reloc_view_size); + + // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is + // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL. + void + relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info* relinfo, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* preloc_in, + size_t relnum, + Output_section* output_section, + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Off + offset_in_output_section, + unsigned char* view, + Mips_address view_address, + section_size_type view_size, + unsigned char* preloc_out); + + // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI. + bool + do_is_defined_by_abi(const Symbol* sym) const + { + return ((strcmp(sym->name(), "__gnu_local_gp") == 0) + || (strcmp(sym->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0) + || (strcmp(sym->name(), "___tls_get_addr") == 0)); + } + + // Return the number of entries in the GOT. + unsigned int + got_entry_count() const + { + if (!this->has_got_section()) + return 0; + return this->got_size() / (size/8); + } + + // Return the number of entries in the PLT. + unsigned int + plt_entry_count() const + { + if (this->plt_ == NULL) + return 0; + return this->plt_->entry_count(); + } + + // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry. + unsigned int + first_plt_entry_offset() const + { return this->plt_->first_plt_entry_offset(); } + + // Return the size of each PLT entry. + unsigned int + plt_entry_size() const + { return this->plt_->plt_entry_size(); } + + // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary. + Mips_output_data_got* + got_section(Symbol_table*, Layout*); + + // Get the GOT section. + Mips_output_data_got* + got_section() const + { + gold_assert(this->got_ != NULL); + return this->got_; + } + + // Get the .MIPS.stubs section, creating it if necessary. + Mips_output_data_mips_stubs* + mips_stubs_section(Layout* layout); + + // Get the .MIPS.stubs section. + Mips_output_data_mips_stubs* + mips_stubs_section() const + { + gold_assert(this->mips_stubs_ != NULL); + return this->mips_stubs_; + } + + // Get the LA25 stub section, creating it if necessary. + Mips_output_data_la25_stub* + la25_stub_section(Layout*); + + // Get the LA25 stub section. + Mips_output_data_la25_stub* + la25_stub_section() + { + gold_assert(this->la25_stub_ != NULL); + return this->la25_stub_; + } + + // Get gp value. It has the value of .got + 0x7FF0. + Mips_address + gp_value() const + { + if (this->gp_ != NULL) + return this->gp_->value(); + return 0; + } + + // Get gp value. It has the value of .got + 0x7FF0. Adjust it for + // multi-GOT links so that OBJECT's GOT + 0x7FF0 is returned. + Mips_address + adjusted_gp_value(const Mips_relobj* object) + { + if (this->gp_ == NULL) + return 0; + + bool multi_got = false; + if (this->has_got_section()) + multi_got = this->got_section()->multi_got(); + if (!multi_got) + return this->gp_->value(); + else + return this->gp_->value() + this->got_section()->get_got_offset(object); + } + + // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary. + Reloc_section* + rel_dyn_section(Layout*); + + bool + do_has_custom_set_dynsym_indexes() const + { return true; } + + // Don't emit input .reginfo sections to output .reginfo. + bool + do_should_include_section(elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type) const + { return sh_type != elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO; } + + // Set the dynamic symbol indexes. INDEX is the index of the first + // global dynamic symbol. Pointers to the symbols are stored into the + // vector SYMS. The names are added to DYNPOOL. This returns an + // updated dynamic symbol index. + unsigned int + do_set_dynsym_indexes(std::vector* dyn_symbols, unsigned int index, + std::vector* syms, Stringpool* dynpool, + Versions* versions, Symbol_table* symtab) const; + + // Remove .MIPS.stubs entry for a symbol. + void + remove_lazy_stub_entry(Mips_symbol* sym) + { + if (this->mips_stubs_ != NULL) + this->mips_stubs_->remove_entry(sym); + } + + // The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is + // a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the + // module pointer. + uint64_t + mips_elf_gnu_got1_mask() + { + if (this->is_output_n64()) + return (uint64_t)1 << 63; + else + return 1 << 31; + } + + // Whether the output has microMIPS code. This is valid only after + // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called. + bool + is_output_micromips() const + { + gold_assert(this->are_processor_specific_flags_set()); + return elfcpp::is_micromips(this->processor_specific_flags()); + } + + // Whether the output uses N32 ABI. This is valid only after + // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called. + bool + is_output_n32() const + { + gold_assert(this->are_processor_specific_flags_set()); + return elfcpp::abi_n32(this->processor_specific_flags()); + } + + // Whether the output uses N64 ABI. This is valid only after + // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called. + bool + is_output_n64() const + { + gold_assert(this->are_processor_specific_flags_set()); + return elfcpp::abi_64(this->ei_class_); + } + + // Whether the output uses NEWABI. This is valid only after + // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called. + bool + is_output_newabi() const + { return this->is_output_n32() || this->is_output_n64(); } + + // Whether we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. + bool + use_32bit_micromips_instructions() const + { return this->insn32_; } + + protected: + // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special + // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function + // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the + // processor specific ABI supplement. + uint64_t + do_dynsym_value(const Symbol* gsym) const; + + // Make an ELF object. + Object* + do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t, + const elfcpp::Ehdr& ehdr); + + Object* + do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t, + const elfcpp::Ehdr&) + { gold_unreachable(); } + + // Make an output section. + Output_section* + do_make_output_section(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type, + elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags) + { + if (type == elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO) + return new Mips_output_section_reginfo(name, type, + flags, this); + else + return new Output_section(name, type, flags); + } + + // Adjust ELF file header. + void + do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view, int len); + + // Get the custom dynamic tag value. + unsigned int + do_dynamic_tag_custom_value(elfcpp::DT) const; + + // Adjust the value written to the dynamic symbol table. + virtual void + do_adjust_dyn_symbol(const Symbol* sym, unsigned char* view) const + { + elfcpp::Sym isym(view); + elfcpp::Sym_write osym(view); + const Mips_symbol* mips_sym = Mips_symbol::as_mips_sym(sym); + + // Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker + // to treat compressed symbols like any other. + Mips_address value = isym.get_st_value(); + if (mips_sym->is_mips16() && value != 0) + { + if (!mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub()) + value |= 1; + else + { + // If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol + // must refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard + // calling conventions. Stub contains MIPS32 code, so don't add +1 + // in this case. + + // There is a code which does this in the method + // Target_mips::do_dynsym_value, but that code will only be + // executed if the symbol is from dynobj. + // TODO(sasa): GNU ld also changes the value in non-dynamic symbol + // table. + + Mips16_stub_section* fn_stub = + mips_sym->template get_mips16_fn_stub(); + value = fn_stub->output_address(); + osym.put_st_size(fn_stub->section_size()); + } + + osym.put_st_value(value); + osym.put_st_other(elfcpp::elf_st_other(sym->visibility(), + mips_sym->nonvis() - (elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2))); + } + else if ((mips_sym->is_micromips() + // Stubs are always microMIPS if there is any microMIPS code in + // the output. + || (this->is_output_micromips() && mips_sym->has_lazy_stub())) + && value != 0) + { + osym.put_st_value(value | 1); + osym.put_st_other(elfcpp::elf_st_other(sym->visibility(), + mips_sym->nonvis() - (elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS >> 2))); + } + } + + private: + // The class which scans relocations. + class Scan + { + public: + Scan() + { } + + static inline int + get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type); + + inline void + local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rel& reloc, unsigned int r_type, + const elfcpp::Sym& lsym, + bool is_discarded); + + inline void + local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rela& reloc, unsigned int r_type, + const elfcpp::Sym& lsym, + bool is_discarded); + + inline void + local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rela* rela, + const elfcpp::Rel* rel, + unsigned int rel_type, + unsigned int r_type, + const elfcpp::Sym& lsym, + bool is_discarded); + + inline void + global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rel& reloc, unsigned int r_type, + Symbol* gsym); + + inline void + global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rela& reloc, unsigned int r_type, + Symbol* gsym); + + inline void + global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rela* rela, + const elfcpp::Rel* rel, + unsigned int rel_type, + unsigned int r_type, + Symbol* gsym); + + inline bool + local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* , Layout*, + Target_mips*, + Sized_relobj_file*, + unsigned int, + Output_section*, + const elfcpp::Rel&, + unsigned int, + const elfcpp::Sym&) + { return false; } + + inline bool + global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table*, Layout*, + Target_mips*, + Sized_relobj_file*, + unsigned int, + Output_section*, + const elfcpp::Rel&, + unsigned int, Symbol*) + { return false; } + + inline bool + local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table*, Layout*, + Target_mips*, + Sized_relobj_file*, + unsigned int, + Output_section*, + const elfcpp::Rela&, + unsigned int, + const elfcpp::Sym&) + { return false; } + + inline bool + global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table*, Layout*, + Target_mips*, + Sized_relobj_file*, + unsigned int, + Output_section*, + const elfcpp::Rela&, + unsigned int, Symbol*) + { return false; } + private: + static void + unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file*, + unsigned int r_type); + + static void + unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file*, + unsigned int r_type, Symbol*); + }; + + // The class which implements relocation. + class Relocate + { + public: + Relocate() + { } + + ~Relocate() + { } + + // Return whether the R_MIPS_32 relocation needs to be applied. + inline bool + should_apply_r_mips_32_reloc(const Mips_symbol* gsym, + unsigned int r_type, + Output_section* output_section, + Target_mips* target); + + // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue + // any warnings about this relocation. + inline bool + relocate(const Relocate_info*, Target_mips*, + Output_section*, size_t relnum, + const elfcpp::Rela*, + const elfcpp::Rel*, + unsigned int, + unsigned int, const Sized_symbol*, + const Symbol_value*, + unsigned char*, + Mips_address, + section_size_type); + + inline bool + relocate(const Relocate_info*, Target_mips*, + Output_section*, size_t relnum, + const elfcpp::Rel&, + unsigned int, const Sized_symbol*, + const Symbol_value*, + unsigned char*, + Mips_address, + section_size_type); + + inline bool + relocate(const Relocate_info*, Target_mips*, + Output_section*, size_t relnum, + const elfcpp::Rela&, + unsigned int, const Sized_symbol*, + const Symbol_value*, + unsigned char*, + Mips_address, + section_size_type); + }; + + // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type, + // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link. + class Relocatable_size_for_reloc + { + public: + unsigned int + get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj*); + }; + + // This POD class holds the dynamic relocations that should be emitted instead + // of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32 and R_MIPS_64 relocations. We will emit these + // relocations if it turns out that the symbol does not have static + // relocations. + class Dyn_reloc + { + public: + Dyn_reloc(Mips_symbol* sym, unsigned int r_type, + Mips_relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx, + Output_section* output_section, Mips_address r_offset) + : sym_(sym), r_type_(r_type), relobj_(relobj), + shndx_(shndx), output_section_(output_section), + r_offset_(r_offset) + { } + + // Emit this reloc if appropriate. This is called after we have + // scanned all the relocations, so we know whether the symbol has + // static relocations. + void + emit(Reloc_section* rel_dyn, Mips_output_data_got* got, + Symbol_table* symtab) + { + if (!this->sym_->has_static_relocs()) + { + got->record_global_got_symbol(this->sym_, this->relobj_, + this->r_type_, true, false); + if (!symbol_references_local(this->sym_, + this->sym_->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab))) + rel_dyn->add_global(this->sym_, this->r_type_, + this->output_section_, this->relobj_, + this->shndx_, this->r_offset_); + else + rel_dyn->add_symbolless_global_addend(this->sym_, this->r_type_, + this->output_section_, this->relobj_, + this->shndx_, this->r_offset_); + } + } + + private: + Mips_symbol* sym_; + unsigned int r_type_; + Mips_relobj* relobj_; + unsigned int shndx_; + Output_section* output_section_; + Mips_address r_offset_; + }; + + // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this + // is a local symbol. + static tls::Tls_optimization + optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final, int r_type); + + // Return whether there is a GOT section. + bool + has_got_section() const + { return this->got_ != NULL; } + + // Check whether the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. + bool + mips_32bit_flags(elfcpp::Elf_Word); + + enum Mips_mach { + mach_mips3000 = 3000, + mach_mips3900 = 3900, + mach_mips4000 = 4000, + mach_mips4010 = 4010, + mach_mips4100 = 4100, + mach_mips4111 = 4111, + mach_mips4120 = 4120, + mach_mips4300 = 4300, + mach_mips4400 = 4400, + mach_mips4600 = 4600, + mach_mips4650 = 4650, + mach_mips5000 = 5000, + mach_mips5400 = 5400, + mach_mips5500 = 5500, + mach_mips6000 = 6000, + mach_mips7000 = 7000, + mach_mips8000 = 8000, + mach_mips9000 = 9000, + mach_mips10000 = 10000, + mach_mips12000 = 12000, + mach_mips14000 = 14000, + mach_mips16000 = 16000, + mach_mips16 = 16, + mach_mips5 = 5, + mach_mips_loongson_2e = 3001, + mach_mips_loongson_2f = 3002, + mach_mips_loongson_3a = 3003, + mach_mips_sb1 = 12310201, // octal 'SB', 01 + mach_mips_octeon = 6501, + mach_mips_octeonp = 6601, + mach_mips_octeon2 = 6502, + mach_mips_xlr = 887682, // decimal 'XLR' + mach_mipsisa32 = 32, + mach_mipsisa32r2 = 33, + mach_mipsisa64 = 64, + mach_mipsisa64r2 = 65, + mach_mips_micromips = 96 + }; + + // Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. + unsigned int + elf_mips_mach(elfcpp::Elf_Word); + + // Check whether machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. + bool + mips_mach_extends(unsigned int, unsigned int); + + // Merge processor specific flags. + void + merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string&, elfcpp::Elf_Word, + unsigned char, bool); + + // True if we are linking for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL. + static inline bool + jal_to_bal() + { return false; } + + // True if we are linking for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to + // BAL. This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate + // for all CPUs. + static inline bool + jalr_to_bal() + { return true; } + + // True if we are linking for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B. + // This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for + // all CPUs. + static inline bool + jr_to_b() + { return true; } + + // Return the size of the GOT section. + section_size_type + got_size() const + { + gold_assert(this->got_ != NULL); + return this->got_->data_size(); + } + + // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol referenced by r_type relocation. + void + make_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Mips_symbol*, + unsigned int r_type); + + // Get the PLT section. + Mips_output_data_plt* + plt_section() const + { + gold_assert(this->plt_ != NULL); + return this->plt_; + } + + // Get the GOT PLT section. + const Mips_output_data_plt* + got_plt_section() const + { + gold_assert(this->got_plt_ != NULL); + return this->got_plt_; + } + + // Copy a relocation against a global symbol. + void + copy_reloc(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int shndx, Output_section* output_section, + Symbol* sym, const elfcpp::Rel& reloc) + { + this->copy_relocs_.copy_reloc(symtab, layout, + symtab->get_sized_symbol(sym), + object, shndx, output_section, + reloc, this->rel_dyn_section(layout)); + } + + void + dynamic_reloc(Mips_symbol* sym, unsigned int r_type, + Mips_relobj* relobj, + unsigned int shndx, Output_section* output_section, + Mips_address r_offset) + { + this->dyn_relocs_.push_back(Dyn_reloc(sym, r_type, relobj, shndx, + output_section, r_offset)); + } + + // Calculate value of _gp symbol. + void + set_gp(Layout*, Symbol_table*); + + const char* + elf_mips_abi_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags, unsigned char ei_class); + const char* + elf_mips_mach_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags); + + // Adds entries that describe how machines relate to one another. The entries + // are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. First + // element is extension, second element is base. + void + add_machine_extensions() + { + // MIPS64r2 extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mips_octeon2, mach_mips_octeonp); + this->add_extension(mach_mips_octeonp, mach_mips_octeon); + this->add_extension(mach_mips_octeon, mach_mipsisa64r2); + + // MIPS64 extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa64r2, mach_mipsisa64); + this->add_extension(mach_mips_sb1, mach_mipsisa64); + this->add_extension(mach_mips_xlr, mach_mipsisa64); + this->add_extension(mach_mips_loongson_3a, mach_mipsisa64); + + // MIPS V extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa64, mach_mips5); + + // R10000 extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mips12000, mach_mips10000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips14000, mach_mips10000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips16000, mach_mips10000); + + // R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core + // vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems + // better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since + // many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add + // some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. + this->add_extension(mach_mips5500, mach_mips5400); + this->add_extension(mach_mips5400, mach_mips5000); + + // MIPS IV extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mips5, mach_mips8000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips10000, mach_mips8000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips5000, mach_mips8000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips7000, mach_mips8000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips9000, mach_mips8000); + + // VR4100 extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mips4120, mach_mips4100); + this->add_extension(mach_mips4111, mach_mips4100); + + // MIPS III extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mips_loongson_2e, mach_mips4000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips_loongson_2f, mach_mips4000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips8000, mach_mips4000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips4650, mach_mips4000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips4600, mach_mips4000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips4400, mach_mips4000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips4300, mach_mips4000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips4100, mach_mips4000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips4010, mach_mips4000); + + // MIPS32 extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa32r2, mach_mipsisa32); + + // MIPS II extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mips4000, mach_mips6000); + this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa32, mach_mips6000); + + // MIPS I extensions. + this->add_extension(mach_mips6000, mach_mips3000); + this->add_extension(mach_mips3900, mach_mips3000); + } + + // Add value to MIPS extenstions. + void + add_extension(unsigned int base, unsigned int extension) + { + std::pair ext(base, extension); + this->mips_mach_extensions_.push_back(ext); + } + + // Return the number of entries in the .dynsym section. + unsigned int get_dt_mips_symtabno() const + { + return ((unsigned int)(this->layout_->dynsym_section()->data_size() + / elfcpp::Elf_sizes::sym_size)); + // TODO(sasa): Entry size is MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE. + } + + // Information about this specific target which we pass to the + // general Target structure. + static Target::Target_info mips_info; + // The GOT section. + Mips_output_data_got* got_; + // gp symbol. It has the value of .got + 0x7FF0. + Sized_symbol* gp_; + // The PLT section. + Mips_output_data_plt* plt_; + // The GOT PLT section. + Output_data_space* got_plt_; + // The dynamic reloc section. + Reloc_section* rel_dyn_; + // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc. + Mips_copy_relocs copy_relocs_; + + // A list of dyn relocs to be saved. + std::vector dyn_relocs_; + + // The LA25 stub section. + Mips_output_data_la25_stub* la25_stub_; + // Architecture extensions. + std::vector > mips_mach_extensions_; + // .MIPS.stubs + Mips_output_data_mips_stubs* mips_stubs_; + + unsigned char ei_class_; + unsigned int mach_; + Layout* layout_; + + typename std::list > got16_addends_; + + // Whether the entry symbol is mips16 or micromips. + bool entry_symbol_is_compressed_; + + // Whether we can use only 32-bit microMIPS instructions. + // TODO(sasa): This should be a linker option. + bool insn32_; +}; + + +// Helper structure for R_MIPS*_HI16/LO16 and R_MIPS*_GOT16/LO16 relocations. +// It records high part of the relocation pair. + +template +struct reloc_high +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + + reloc_high(unsigned char* _view, const Mips_relobj* _object, + const Symbol_value* _psymval, Mips_address _addend, + unsigned int _r_type, bool _extract_addend, + Mips_address _address = 0, bool _gp_disp = false) + : view(_view), object(_object), psymval(_psymval), addend(_addend), + r_type(_r_type), extract_addend(_extract_addend), address(_address), + gp_disp(_gp_disp) + { } + + unsigned char* view; + const Mips_relobj* object; + const Symbol_value* psymval; + Mips_address addend; + unsigned int r_type; + bool extract_addend; + Mips_address address; + bool gp_disp; +}; + +template +class Mips_relocate_functions : public Relocate_functions +{ + typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Addr Mips_address; + typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype16; + typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype32; + + public: + typedef enum + { + STATUS_OKAY, // No error during relocation. + STATUS_OVERFLOW, // Relocation overflow. + STATUS_BAD_RELOC // Relocation cannot be applied. + } Status; + + private: + typedef Relocate_functions Base; + typedef Mips_relocate_functions This; + + static typename std::list > hi16_relocs; + static typename std::list > got16_relocs; + + // R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions. + // Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions + // are 32 bits. + // + // The format of these instructions is: + // + // +--------------+--------------------------------+ + // | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 | + // +--------------+--------------------------------+ + // | Immediate 15:0 | + // +-----------------------------------------------+ + // + // JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx. + // Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped. + // + // When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is + // handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is + // stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction. + // (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a + // R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is + // always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2 + // 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a + // big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian + // file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped. + // This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal + // instruction. + // + // When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit + // instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the + // contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as + // R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the + // immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the + // value as two 16-bit values. + // + // To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16, + // defined as + // + // big-endian: + // +--------+----------------------+ + // | | | + // | | targ26-16 | + // |31 26|25 0| + // +--------+----------------------+ + // + // little-endian: + // +----------+------+-------------+ + // | | | | + // | sub1 | | sub2 | + // |0 9|10 15|16 31| + // +----------+--------------------+ + // where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is + // ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)). + // + // When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is + // (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) + // When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is + // let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) + // ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) + // + // The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations. + // Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation + // given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit + // immediate fields: + // + // R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16 + // R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16 + // R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16 + // R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16 + // R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16 + // + // A typical instruction will have a format like this: + // + // +--------------+--------------------------------+ + // | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 | + // +--------------+--------------------------------+ + // | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 | + // +--------------+--------------------------------+ + // + // EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction + // opcode. + // + // All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. + // As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a + // little-endian system. + + // Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped + // on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1 + // and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. + + static inline bool + should_shuffle_micromips_reloc(unsigned int r_type) + { + return (micromips_reloc(r_type) + && r_type != elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1 + && r_type != elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1); + } + + static void + mips_reloc_unshuffle(unsigned char* view, unsigned int r_type, + bool jal_shuffle) + { + if (!mips16_reloc(r_type) + && !should_shuffle_micromips_reloc(r_type)) + return; + + // Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. + Valtype16 first = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(view); + Valtype16 second = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(view + 2); + Valtype32 val; + + if (micromips_reloc(r_type) + || (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle)) + val = first << 16 | second; + else if (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26) + val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11) + | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f)); + else + val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11) + | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second); + + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view, val); + } + + static void + mips_reloc_shuffle(unsigned char* view, unsigned int r_type, bool jal_shuffle) + { + if (!mips16_reloc(r_type) + && !should_shuffle_micromips_reloc(r_type)) + return; + + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view); + Valtype16 first, second; + + if (micromips_reloc(r_type) + || (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle)) + { + second = val & 0xffff; + first = val >> 16; + } + else if (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26) + { + second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f); + first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0); + } + else + { + second = val & 0xffff; + first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0) + | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f); + } + + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(view + 2, second); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(view, first); + } + + public: + // R_MIPS_16: S + sign-extend(A) + static inline typename This::Status + rel16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend_a, + bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype16* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype16 val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend ? Bits<16>::sign_extend32(val) + : Bits<16>::sign_extend32(addend_a)); + + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend); + val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffffU); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MIPS_32: S + A + static inline typename This::Status + rel32(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend_a, + bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend + ? elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv) + : Bits<32>::sign_extend32(addend_a)); + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_JALR, R_MICROMIPS_JALR + static inline typename This::Status + reljalr(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address address, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, bool cross_mode_jump, + unsigned int r_type, bool jalr_to_bal, bool jr_to_b) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? 0 : addend_a; + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + // Try converting J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in range. + if (!parameters->options().relocatable() + && r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR + && !cross_mode_jump + && ((jalr_to_bal && val == 0x0320f809) // jalr t9 + || (jr_to_b && val == 0x03200008))) // jr t9 + { + int offset = psymval->value(object, addend) - (address + 4); + if (!Bits<18>::has_overflow32(offset)) + { + if (val == 0x03200008) // jr t9 + val = 0x10000000 | (((Valtype32)offset >> 2) & 0xffff); // b addr + else + val = 0x04110000 | (((Valtype32)offset >> 2) & 0xffff); //bal addr + } + } + + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_PC32: S + A - P + static inline typename This::Status + relpc32(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address address, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend + ? elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv) + : Bits<32>::sign_extend32(addend_a)); + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address; + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_26, R_MIPS16_26, R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 + static inline typename This::Status + rel26(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address address, + bool local, Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, + const Symbol* gsym, bool cross_mode_jump, unsigned int r_type, + bool jal_to_bal) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend; + if (extract_addend) + { + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) + addend = (val & 0x03ffffff) << 1; + else + addend = (val & 0x03ffffff) << 2; + } + else + addend = addend_a; + + // Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be + // the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. + if (cross_mode_jump + && (psymval->value(object, 0) & 3) != (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26)) + { + gold_warning(_("JALX to a non-word-aligned address")); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, !parameters->options().relocatable()); + return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC; + } + + // Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. + unsigned int shift = + (!cross_mode_jump && r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2; + + Valtype32 x; + if (local) + x = addend | ((address + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift)); + else + { + if (shift == 1) + x = Bits<27>::sign_extend32(addend); + else + x = Bits<28>::sign_extend32(addend); + } + x = psymval->value(object, x) >> shift; + + if (!local && !gsym->is_weak_undefined()) + { + if ((x >> 26) != ((address + 4) >> (26 + shift))) + { + gold_error(_("relocation truncated to fit: %u against '%s'"), + r_type, gsym->name()); + return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW; + } + } + + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0x03ffffff); + + // If required, turn JAL into JALX. + if (cross_mode_jump) + { + bool ok; + Valtype32 opcode = val >> 26; + Valtype32 jalx_opcode; + + // Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26) + { + ok = (opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7); + jalx_opcode = 0x7; + } + else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) + { + ok = (opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c); + jalx_opcode = 0x3c; + } + else + { + ok = (opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d); + jalx_opcode = 0x1d; + } + + // If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot + // convert J or JALS to JALX. + if (!ok) + { + gold_error(_("Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider " + "recompiling with interlinking enabled.")); + return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC; + } + + // Make this the JALX opcode. + val = (val & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26); + } + + // Try converting JAL to BAL, if the target is in range. + if (!parameters->options().relocatable() + && !cross_mode_jump + && ((jal_to_bal + && r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26 + && (val >> 26) == 0x3))) // jal addr + { + Valtype32 dest = (x << 2) | (((address + 4) >> 28) << 28); + int offset = dest - (address + 4); + if (!Bits<18>::has_overflow32(offset)) + { + if (val == 0x03200008) // jr t9 + val = 0x10000000 | (((Valtype32)offset >> 2) & 0xffff); // b addr + else + val = 0x04110000 | (((Valtype32)offset >> 2) & 0xffff); //bal addr + } + } + + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, !parameters->options().relocatable()); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_PC16 + static inline typename This::Status + relpc16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address address, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? (val & 0xffff) << 2 : addend_a; + addend = Bits<18>::sign_extend32(addend); + + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address; + val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x >> 2, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (Bits<18>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1 + static inline typename This::Status + relmicromips_pc7_s1(unsigned char* view, + const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address address, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, + unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? (val & 0x7f) << 1 : addend_a; + addend = Bits<8>::sign_extend32(addend); + + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address; + val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x >> 1, 0x7f); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (Bits<8>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 + static inline typename This::Status + relmicromips_pc10_s1(unsigned char* view, + const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address address, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, + unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? (val & 0x3ff) << 1 : addend_a; + addend = Bits<11>::sign_extend32(addend); + + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address; + val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x >> 1, 0x3ff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (Bits<11>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 + static inline typename This::Status + relmicromips_pc16_s1(unsigned char* view, + const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address address, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, + unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? (val & 0xffff) << 1 : addend_a; + addend = Bits<17>::sign_extend32(addend); + + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address; + val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x >> 1, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (Bits<17>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MIPS_HI16, R_MIPS16_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, + static inline typename This::Status + relhi16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend, + Mips_address address, bool gp_disp, unsigned int r_type, + bool extract_addend) + { + // Record the relocation. It will be resolved when we find lo16 part. + hi16_relocs.push_back(reloc_high(view, object, psymval, + addend, r_type, extract_addend, address, gp_disp)); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_HI16, R_MIPS16_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, + static inline typename This::Status + do_relhi16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend_hi, + Mips_address address, bool is_gp_disp, unsigned int r_type, + bool extract_addend, Valtype32 addend_lo, + Target_mips* target) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend ? ((val & 0xffff) << 16) + addend_lo + : addend_hi); + + Valtype32 value; + if (!is_gp_disp) + value = psymval->value(object, addend); + else + { + // For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence + // 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp) + // 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp) + // 8: sll $v0,16 + // 12: addu $v0,$v1 + // 14: move $gp,$v0 + // So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the + // base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4. + // ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address, + // so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. + Valtype32 gp_disp; + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16) + gp_disp = (target->adjusted_gp_value(object) + - ((address + 4) & ~0x3)); + // The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly + // instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the + // incoming $t9 has the low bit set. + else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16) + gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - address - 1; + else + gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - address; + value = gp_disp + addend; + } + Valtype32 x = ((value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (is_gp_disp && Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MIPS_GOT16, R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MICROMIPS_GOT16 + static inline typename This::Status + relgot16_local(unsigned char* view, + const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend_a, + bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + // Record the relocation. It will be resolved when we find lo16 part. + got16_relocs.push_back(reloc_high(view, object, psymval, + addend_a, r_type, extract_addend)); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_GOT16, R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MICROMIPS_GOT16 + static inline typename This::Status + do_relgot16_local(unsigned char* view, + const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend_hi, + unsigned int r_type, bool extract_addend, + Valtype32 addend_lo, Target_mips* target) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend ? ((val & 0xffff) << 16) + addend_lo + : addend_hi); + + // Find GOT page entry. + Mips_address value = ((psymval->value(object, addend) + 0x8000) >> 16) + & 0xffff; + value <<= 16; + unsigned int got_offset = + target->got_section()->get_got_page_offset(value, object); + + // Resolve the relocation. + Valtype32 x = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MIPS_LO16, R_MIPS16_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 + static inline typename This::Status + rello16(Target_mips* target, unsigned char* view, + const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend_a, + bool extract_addend, Mips_address address, bool is_gp_disp, + unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend ? Bits<16>::sign_extend32(val & 0xffff) + : addend_a); + + // Resolve pending R_MIPS_HI16 relocations. + typename std::list >::iterator it = + hi16_relocs.begin(); + while (it != hi16_relocs.end()) + { + reloc_high hi16 = *it; + if (hi16.psymval->value(hi16.object, 0) == psymval->value(object, 0)) + { + if (do_relhi16(hi16.view, hi16.object, hi16.psymval, hi16.addend, + hi16.address, hi16.gp_disp, hi16.r_type, + hi16.extract_addend, addend, target) + == This::STATUS_OVERFLOW) + return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW; + it = hi16_relocs.erase(it); + } + else + ++it; + } + + // Resolve pending local R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. + typename std::list >::iterator it2 = + got16_relocs.begin(); + while (it2 != got16_relocs.end()) + { + reloc_high got16 = *it2; + if (got16.psymval->value(got16.object, 0) == psymval->value(object, 0)) + { + if (do_relgot16_local(got16.view, got16.object, got16.psymval, + got16.addend, got16.r_type, + got16.extract_addend, addend, + target) == This::STATUS_OVERFLOW) + return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW; + it2 = got16_relocs.erase(it2); + } + else + ++it2; + } + + // Resolve R_MIPS_LO16 relocation. + Valtype32 x; + if (!is_gp_disp) + x = psymval->value(object, addend); + else + { + // See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason + // for this conditional. + Valtype32 gp_disp; + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16) + gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - (address & ~0x3); + else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16) + gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - address + 3; + else + gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - address + 4; + // The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation + // for overflow. Relocations against _gp_disp are normally + // generated from the .cpload pseudo-op. It generates code + // that normally looks like this: + + // lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp) + // addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp) + // addu $gp,$gp,$t9 + + // Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called, + // as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16 + // relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the + // R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow. + // Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do + // not check for overflow here. + x = gp_disp + addend; + } + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_CALL16, R_MIPS16_CALL16, R_MICROMIPS_CALL16 + // R_MIPS_GOT16, R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MICROMIPS_GOT16 + // R_MIPS_TLS_GD, R_MIPS16_TLS_GD, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD + // R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL, R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL + // R_MIPS_TLS_LDM, R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM + // R_MIPS_GOT_DISP, R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP + static inline typename This::Status + relgot(unsigned char* view, int gp_offset, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + Valtype32 x = gp_offset; + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE, R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE + static inline typename This::Status + relgotpage(Target_mips* target, unsigned char* view, + const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend_a, + bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view); + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val & 0xffff : addend_a; + + // Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of symbol + addend. + Mips_address value = (psymval->value(object, addend) + 0x8000) & ~0xffff; + unsigned int got_offset = + target->got_section()->get_got_page_offset(value, object); + + Valtype32 x = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MIPS_GOT_OFST, R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST + static inline typename This::Status + relgotofst(Target_mips* target, unsigned char* view, + const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend_a, + bool extract_addend, bool local, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view); + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val & 0xffff : addend_a; + + // For a local symbol, find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of + // symbol + addend. Relocation value is the offset of the GOT page entry's + // value from symbol + addend. + // For a global symbol, relocation value is addend. + Valtype32 x; + if (local) + { + // Find GOT page entry. + Mips_address value = ((psymval->value(object, addend) + 0x8000) + & ~0xffff); + target->got_section()->get_got_page_offset(value, object); + + x = psymval->value(object, addend) - value; + } + else + x = addend; + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x) + ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW + : This::STATUS_OKAY); + } + + // R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, R_MIPS_CALL_HI16, + // R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16 + static inline typename This::Status + relgot_hi16(unsigned char* view, int gp_offset, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + Valtype32 x = gp_offset; + x = ((x + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_GOT_LO16, R_MIPS_CALL_LO16, + // R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16 + static inline typename This::Status + relgot_lo16(unsigned char* view, int gp_offset, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + Valtype32 x = gp_offset; + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_GPREL16, R_MIPS16_GPREL, R_MIPS_LITERAL, R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL + // R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2, R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16 + static inline typename This::Status + relgprel(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address gp, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, bool local, + unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + + Valtype32 addend; + if (extract_addend) + { + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2) + addend = (val & 0x7f) << 2; + else + addend = val & 0xffff; + // Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the + // instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone, + // otherwise we may lose significant bits. + addend = Bits<16>::sign_extend32(addend); + } + else + addend = addend_a; + + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - gp; + + // If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will + // have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate + // for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this + // link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied + // to them before. + if (local) + x += object->gp_value(); + + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2) + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0x7f); + else + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + if (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x)) + { + gold_error(_("small-data section exceeds 64KB; lower small-data size " + "limit (see option -G)")); + return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW; + } + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_GPREL32 + static inline typename This::Status + relgprel32(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address gp, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val : addend_a; + + // R_MIPS_GPREL32 relocations are defined for local symbols only. + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) + object->gp_value() - gp; + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16, R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 + // R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16, R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16, + // R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 + static inline typename This::Status + tlsrelhi16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Valtype32 tp_offset, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val & 0xffff : addend_a; + + // tls symbol values are relative to tls_segment()->vaddr() + Valtype32 x = ((psymval->value(object, addend) - tp_offset) + 0x8000) >> 16; + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16, R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16, + // R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16, R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16, + // R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16, + static inline typename This::Status + tlsrello16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Valtype32 tp_offset, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val & 0xffff : addend_a; + + // tls symbol values are relative to tls_segment()->vaddr() + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - tp_offset; + val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32, R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64, + // R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32, R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 + static inline typename This::Status + tlsrel32(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Valtype32 tp_offset, + Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val : addend_a; + + // tls symbol values are relative to tls_segment()->vaddr() + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - tp_offset; + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } + + // R_MIPS_SUB, R_MICROMIPS_SUB + static inline typename This::Status + relsub(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj* object, + const Symbol_value* psymval, Mips_address addend_a, + bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type) + { + mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false); + Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast(view); + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv); + Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val : addend_a; + + Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, -addend); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x); + mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false); + return This::STATUS_OKAY; + } +}; + +template +typename std::list > + Mips_relocate_functions::hi16_relocs; + +template +typename std::list > + Mips_relocate_functions::got16_relocs; + +// Mips_got_info methods. + +// Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol +// SYMNDX + ADDEND, where SYMNDX is a local symbol in section SHNDX in OBJECT. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::record_local_got_symbol( + Mips_relobj* object, unsigned int symndx, + Mips_address addend, unsigned int r_type, unsigned int shndx) +{ + Mips_got_entry* entry = + new Mips_got_entry(object, symndx, addend, + mips_elf_reloc_tls_type(r_type), + shndx); + this->record_got_entry(entry, object); +} + +// Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against MIPS_SYM, +// in OBJECT. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in +// using the GOT entry for calls. DYN_RELOC is true if R_TYPE is a dynamic +// relocation. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::record_global_got_symbol( + Mips_symbol* mips_sym, Mips_relobj* object, + unsigned int r_type, bool dyn_reloc, bool for_call) +{ + if (!for_call) + mips_sym->set_got_not_only_for_calls(); + + // A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol table. + if (!mips_sym->needs_dynsym_entry()) + { + switch (mips_sym->visibility()) + { + case elfcpp::STV_INTERNAL: + case elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN: + mips_sym->set_is_forced_local(); + break; + default: + mips_sym->set_needs_dynsym_entry(); + break; + } + } + + unsigned char tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type(r_type); + if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE) + this->global_got_symbols_.insert(mips_sym); + + if (dyn_reloc) + { + if (mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE) + mips_sym->set_global_got_area(GGA_RELOC_ONLY); + return; + } + + Mips_got_entry* entry = + new Mips_got_entry(object, mips_sym, tls_type); + + this->record_got_entry(entry, object); +} + +// Add ENTRY to master GOT and to OBJECT's GOT. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::record_got_entry( + Mips_got_entry* entry, + Mips_relobj* object) +{ + if (this->got_entries_.find(entry) == this->got_entries_.end()) + this->got_entries_.insert(entry); + + // Create the GOT entry for the OBJECT's GOT. + Mips_got_info* g = object->get_or_create_got_info(); + Mips_got_entry* entry2 = + new Mips_got_entry(*entry); + + if (g->got_entries_.find(entry2) == g->got_entries_.end()) + g->got_entries_.insert(entry2); +} + +// Record that OBJECT has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and +// that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation. +// This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots +// required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable +// global symbols across multiple input files. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::record_got_page_entry( + Mips_relobj* object, unsigned int symndx, int addend) +{ + struct Got_page_range **range_ptr, *range; + int old_pages, new_pages; + + // Find the Got_page_entry for this symbol. + Got_page_entry* entry = new Got_page_entry(object, symndx); + typename Got_page_entry_set::iterator it = + this->got_page_entries_.find(entry); + if (it != this->got_page_entries_.end()) + entry = *it; + else + this->got_page_entries_.insert(entry); + + // Add the same entry to the OBJECT's GOT. + Got_page_entry* entry2 = NULL; + Mips_got_info* g2 = object->get_or_create_got_info(); + if (g2->got_page_entries_.find(entry) == g2->got_page_entries_.end()) + { + entry2 = new Got_page_entry(*entry); + g2->got_page_entries_.insert(entry2); + } + + // Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry + // with ADDEND. + range_ptr = &entry->ranges; + while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff) + range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next; + + // If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose + // minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create + // a new singleton range. + range = *range_ptr; + if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff) + { + range = new Got_page_range(); + range->next = *range_ptr; + range->min_addend = addend; + range->max_addend = addend; + + *range_ptr = range; + ++entry->num_pages; + if (entry2 != NULL) + ++entry2->num_pages; + ++this->page_gotno_; + ++g2->page_gotno_; + return; + } + + // Remember how many pages the old range contributed. + old_pages = range->get_max_pages(); + + // Update the ranges. + if (addend < range->min_addend) + range->min_addend = addend; + else if (addend > range->max_addend) + { + if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff) + { + old_pages += range->next->get_max_pages(); + range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend; + range->next = range->next->next; + } + else + range->max_addend = addend; + } + + // Record any change in the total estimate. + new_pages = range->get_max_pages(); + if (old_pages != new_pages) + { + entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages; + if (entry2 != NULL) + entry2->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages; + this->page_gotno_ += new_pages - old_pages; + g2->page_gotno_ += new_pages - old_pages; + } +} + +// Create all entries that should be in the local part of the GOT. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::add_local_entries( + Target_mips* target, Layout* layout) +{ + Mips_output_data_got* got = target->got_section(); + // First two GOT entries are reserved. The first entry will be filled at + // runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders. + got->add_constant(0); + got->add_constant(target->mips_elf_gnu_got1_mask()); + + for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator + p = this->got_entries_.begin(); + p != this->got_entries_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_got_entry* entry = *p; + if (entry->is_for_local_symbol() && !entry->is_tls_entry()) + { + got->add_local(entry->object(), entry->symndx(), + GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); + unsigned int got_offset = entry->object()->local_got_offset( + entry->symndx(), GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); + if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0 + && parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) + target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_local(entry->object(), + entry->symndx(), elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got, got_offset); + } + } + + this->add_page_entries(target, layout); + + // Add global entries that should be in the local area. + for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator + p = this->got_entries_.begin(); + p != this->got_entries_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_got_entry* entry = *p; + if (!entry->is_for_global_symbol()) + continue; + + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = entry->sym(); + if (mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE && !entry->is_tls_entry()) + { + unsigned int got_type; + if (!got->multi_got()) + got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD; + else + got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + this->index_; + if (got->add_global(mips_sym, got_type)) + { + mips_sym->set_global_gotoffset(mips_sym->got_offset(got_type)); + if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0 + && parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) + target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_symbolless_global_addend( + mips_sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got, + mips_sym->got_offset(got_type)); + } + } + } +} + +// Create GOT page entries. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::add_page_entries( + Target_mips* target, Layout* layout) +{ + if (this->page_gotno_ == 0) + return; + + Mips_output_data_got* got = target->got_section(); + this->got_page_offset_start_ = got->add_constant(0); + if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0 + && parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) + target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_absolute(elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got, + this->got_page_offset_start_); + int num_entries = this->page_gotno_; + unsigned int prev_offset = this->got_page_offset_start_; + while (--num_entries > 0) + { + unsigned int next_offset = got->add_constant(0); + if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0 + && parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) + target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_absolute(elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got, + next_offset); + gold_assert(next_offset == prev_offset + size/8); + prev_offset = next_offset; + } + this->got_page_offset_next_ = this->got_page_offset_start_; +} + +// Create global GOT entries, both GGA_NORMAL and GGA_RELOC_ONLY. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::add_global_entries( + Target_mips* target, Layout* layout, + unsigned int non_reloc_only_global_gotno) +{ + Mips_output_data_got* got = target->got_section(); + // Add GGA_NORMAL entries. + unsigned int count = 0; + for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator + p = this->got_entries_.begin(); + p != this->got_entries_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_got_entry* entry = *p; + if (!entry->is_for_global_symbol()) + continue; + + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = entry->sym(); + if (mips_sym->global_got_area() != GGA_NORMAL) + continue; + + unsigned int got_type; + if (!got->multi_got()) + got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD; + else + // In multi-GOT links, global symbol can be in both primary and + // secondary GOT(s). By creating custom GOT type + // (GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + got_index) we ensure that symbol + // is added to secondary GOT(s). + got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + this->index_; + if (!got->add_global(mips_sym, got_type)) + continue; + + mips_sym->set_global_gotoffset(mips_sym->got_offset(got_type)); + if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ == 0) + count++; + if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0) + { + if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent() + || (!parameters->doing_static_link() + && mips_sym->is_from_dynobj() && !mips_sym->is_undefined())) + { + target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_global( + mips_sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got, + mips_sym->got_offset(got_type)); + got->add_secondary_got_reloc(mips_sym->got_offset(got_type), + elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, mips_sym); + } + } + } + + if (!got->multi_got() || this->index_ == 0) + { + if (got->multi_got()) + { + // We need to allocate space in the primary GOT for GGA_NORMAL entries + // of secondary GOTs, to ensure that GOT offsets of GGA_RELOC_ONLY + // entries correspond to dynamic symbol indexes. + while (count < non_reloc_only_global_gotno) + { + got->add_constant(0); + ++count; + } + } + + // Add GGA_RELOC_ONLY entries. + got->add_reloc_only_entries(); + } +} + +// Create global GOT entries that should be in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::add_reloc_only_entries( + Mips_output_data_got* got) +{ + for (typename Unordered_set*>::iterator + p = this->global_got_symbols_.begin(); + p != this->global_got_symbols_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = *p; + if (mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY) + { + unsigned int got_type; + if (!got->multi_got()) + got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD; + else + got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT; + if (got->add_global(mips_sym, got_type)) + mips_sym->set_global_gotoffset(mips_sym->got_offset(got_type)); + } + } +} + +// Create TLS GOT entries. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::add_tls_entries( + Target_mips* target, Layout* layout) +{ + Mips_output_data_got* got = target->got_section(); + // Add local tls entries. + for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator + p = this->got_entries_.begin(); + p != this->got_entries_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_got_entry* entry = *p; + if (!entry->is_tls_entry() || !entry->is_for_local_symbol()) + continue; + + if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_GD) + { + unsigned int got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR; + unsigned int r_type1 = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 + : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64); + unsigned int r_type2 = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 + : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64); + + if (!parameters->doing_static_link()) + { + got->add_local_pair_with_rel(entry->object(), entry->symndx(), + entry->shndx(), got_type, + target->rel_dyn_section(layout), + r_type1); + unsigned int got_offset = + entry->object()->local_got_offset(entry->symndx(), got_type); + got->add_static_reloc(got_offset + size/8, r_type2, + entry->object(), entry->symndx()); + } + else + { + // We are doing a static link. Mark it as belong to module 1, + // the executable. + unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(1); + entry->object()->set_local_got_offset(entry->symndx(), got_type, + got_offset); + got->add_constant(0); + got->add_static_reloc(got_offset + size/8, r_type2, + entry->object(), entry->symndx()); + } + } + else if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_IE) + { + unsigned int got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET; + unsigned int r_type = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 + : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64); + if (!parameters->doing_static_link()) + got->add_local_with_rel(entry->object(), entry->symndx(), got_type, + target->rel_dyn_section(layout), r_type); + else + { + got->add_local(entry->object(), entry->symndx(), got_type); + unsigned int got_offset = + entry->object()->local_got_offset(entry->symndx(), got_type); + got->add_static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, entry->object(), + entry->symndx()); + } + } + else if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_LDM) + { + unsigned int r_type = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 + : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64); + unsigned int got_offset; + if (!parameters->doing_static_link()) + { + got_offset = got->add_constant(0); + target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_local( + entry->object(), 0, r_type, got, got_offset); + } + else + // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1, + // the executable. + got_offset = got->add_constant(1); + + got->add_constant(0); + got->set_tls_ldm_offset(got_offset, entry->object()); + } + else + gold_unreachable(); + } + + // Add global tls entries. + for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator + p = this->got_entries_.begin(); + p != this->got_entries_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_got_entry* entry = *p; + if (!entry->is_tls_entry() || !entry->is_for_global_symbol()) + continue; + + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = entry->sym(); + if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_GD) + { + unsigned int got_type; + if (!got->multi_got()) + got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR; + else + got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR_MULTIGOT + this->index_; + unsigned int r_type1 = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 + : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64); + unsigned int r_type2 = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 + : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64); + if (!parameters->doing_static_link()) + got->add_global_pair_with_rel(mips_sym, got_type, + target->rel_dyn_section(layout), r_type1, r_type2); + else + { + // Add a GOT pair for for R_MIPS_TLS_GD. The creates a pair of + // GOT entries. The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the + // module index for the main executable and the second one 0. A + // reloc of the type R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32/64 will be created for + // the second GOT entry and will be applied by gold. + unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(1); + mips_sym->set_got_offset(got_type, got_offset); + got->add_constant(0); + got->add_static_reloc(got_offset + size/8, r_type2, mips_sym); + } + } + else if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_IE) + { + unsigned int got_type; + if (!got->multi_got()) + got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET; + else + got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT + this->index_; + unsigned int r_type = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 + : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64); + if (!parameters->doing_static_link()) + got->add_global_with_rel(mips_sym, got_type, + target->rel_dyn_section(layout), r_type); + else + { + got->add_global(mips_sym, got_type); + unsigned int got_offset = mips_sym->got_offset(got_type); + got->add_static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, mips_sym); + } + } + else + gold_unreachable(); + } +} + +// Decide whether the symbol needs an entry in the global part of the primary +// GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly. Count the number of global +// symbols that are in the primary GOT only because they have dynamic +// relocations R_MIPS_REL32 against them (reloc_only_gotno). + +template +void +Mips_got_info::count_got_symbols(Symbol_table* symtab) +{ + for (typename Unordered_set*>::iterator + p = this->global_got_symbols_.begin(); + p != this->global_got_symbols_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_symbol* sym = *p; + // Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the + // local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the + // case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT. + // Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also + // live in the local GOT. + + if (!sym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab) + || (sym->got_only_for_calls() + ? symbol_calls_local(sym, sym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab)) + : symbol_references_local(sym, + sym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab)))) + // The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this + // entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations + // will be against the null or section symbol instead. + sym->set_global_got_area(GGA_NONE); + else if (sym->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY) + { + ++this->reloc_only_gotno_; + ++this->global_gotno_ ; + } + } +} + +// Return the offset of GOT page entry for VALUE. Initialize the entry with +// VALUE if it is not initialized. + +template +unsigned int +Mips_got_info::get_got_page_offset(Mips_address value, + Mips_output_data_got* got) +{ + typename Got_page_offsets::iterator it = this->got_page_offsets_.find(value); + if (it != this->got_page_offsets_.end()) + return it->second; + + gold_assert(this->got_page_offset_next_ < this->got_page_offset_start_ + + (size/8) * this->page_gotno_); + + unsigned int got_offset = this->got_page_offset_next_; + this->got_page_offsets_[value] = got_offset; + this->got_page_offset_next_ += size/8; + got->update_got_entry(got_offset, value); + return got_offset; +} + +// Remove lazy-binding stubs for global symbols in this GOT. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::remove_lazy_stubs( + Target_mips* target) +{ + for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator + p = this->got_entries_.begin(); + p != this->got_entries_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_got_entry* entry = *p; + if (entry->is_for_global_symbol()) + target->remove_lazy_stub_entry(entry->sym()); + } +} + +// Count the number of GOT entries required. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::count_got_entries() +{ + for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator + p = this->got_entries_.begin(); + p != this->got_entries_.end(); + ++p) + { + this->count_got_entry(*p); + } +} + +// Count the number of GOT entries required by ENTRY. Accumulate the result. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::count_got_entry( + Mips_got_entry* entry) +{ + if (entry->is_tls_entry()) + this->tls_gotno_ += mips_tls_got_entries(entry->tls_type()); + else if (entry->is_for_local_symbol() + || entry->sym()->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE) + ++this->local_gotno_; + else + ++this->global_gotno_; +} + +// Add FROM's GOT entries. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::add_got_entries( + Mips_got_info* from) +{ + for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator + p = from->got_entries_.begin(); + p != from->got_entries_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_got_entry* entry = *p; + if (this->got_entries_.find(entry) == this->got_entries_.end()) + { + Mips_got_entry* entry2 = + new Mips_got_entry(*entry); + this->got_entries_.insert(entry2); + this->count_got_entry(entry); + } + } +} + +// Add FROM's GOT page entries. + +template +void +Mips_got_info::add_got_page_entries( + Mips_got_info* from) +{ + for (typename Got_page_entry_set::iterator + p = from->got_page_entries_.begin(); + p != from->got_page_entries_.end(); + ++p) + { + Got_page_entry* entry = *p; + if (this->got_page_entries_.find(entry) == this->got_page_entries_.end()) + { + Got_page_entry* entry2 = new Got_page_entry(*entry); + this->got_page_entries_.insert(entry2); + this->page_gotno_ += entry->num_pages; + } + } +} + +// Mips_output_data_got methods. + +// Lay out the GOT. Add local, global and TLS entries. If GOT is +// larger than 64K, create multi-GOT. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_got::lay_out_got(Layout* layout, + Symbol_table* symtab, const Input_objects* input_objects) +{ + // Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and + // count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. + this->master_got_info_->count_got_symbols(symtab); + + // Count the number of GOT entries. + this->master_got_info_->count_got_entries(); + + unsigned int got_size = this->master_got_info_->got_size(); + if (got_size > Target_mips::MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE) + this->lay_out_multi_got(layout, input_objects); + else + { + // Record that all objects use single GOT. + for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin(); + p != input_objects->relobj_end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_relobj* object = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(*p); + if (object->get_got_info() != NULL) + object->set_got_info(this->master_got_info_); + } + + this->master_got_info_->add_local_entries(this->target_, layout); + this->master_got_info_->add_global_entries(this->target_, layout, + /*not used*/-1U); + this->master_got_info_->add_tls_entries(this->target_, layout); + } +} + +// Create multi-GOT. For every GOT, add local, global and TLS entries. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_got::lay_out_multi_got(Layout* layout, + const Input_objects* input_objects) +{ + // Try to merge the GOTs of input objects together, as long as they + // don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them + // to be the primary GOT. + this->merge_gots(input_objects); + + // Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be + // present in the primary GOT. + this->primary_got_->set_global_gotno(this->master_got_info_->global_gotno()); + + // Add GOT entries. + unsigned int i = 0; + unsigned int offset = 0; + Mips_got_info* g = this->primary_got_; + do + { + g->set_index(i); + g->set_offset(offset); + + g->add_local_entries(this->target_, layout); + if (i == 0) + g->add_global_entries(this->target_, layout, + (this->master_got_info_->global_gotno() + - this->master_got_info_->reloc_only_gotno())); + else + g->add_global_entries(this->target_, layout, /*not used*/-1U); + g->add_tls_entries(this->target_, layout); + + // Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having + // lazy-binding stubs. + if (i > 0) + g->remove_lazy_stubs(this->target_); + + ++i; + offset += g->got_size(); + g = g->next(); + } + while (g); +} + +// Attempt to merge GOTs of different input objects. Try to use as much as +// possible of the primary GOT, since it doesn't require explicit dynamic +// relocations, but don't use objects that would reference global symbols +// out of the addressable range. Failing the primary GOT, attempt to merge +// with the current GOT, or finish the current GOT and then make make the new +// GOT current. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_got::merge_gots( + const Input_objects* input_objects) +{ + gold_assert(this->primary_got_ == NULL); + Mips_got_info* current = NULL; + + for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin(); + p != input_objects->relobj_end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_relobj* object = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(*p); + + Mips_got_info* g = object->get_got_info(); + if (g == NULL) + continue; + + g->count_got_entries(); + + // Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. + unsigned int estimate = this->master_got_info_->page_gotno(); + if (estimate > g->page_gotno()) + estimate = g->page_gotno(); + estimate += g->local_gotno() + g->tls_gotno(); + + // We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals + // for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be + // sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that + // case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. + estimate += (g->tls_gotno() > 0 ? this->master_got_info_->global_gotno() + : g->global_gotno()); + + unsigned int max_count = + Target_mips::MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE / (size/8) - 2; + if (estimate <= max_count) + { + // If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as + // a starting point for the primary GOT. + if (!this->primary_got_) + { + this->primary_got_ = g; + continue; + } + + // Try merging with the primary GOT. + if (this->merge_got_with(g, object, this->primary_got_)) + continue; + } + + // If we can merge with the last-created GOT, do it. + if (current && this->merge_got_with(g, object, current)) + continue; + + // Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it + // fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation + // overflows anyway. + g->set_next(current); + current = g; + } + + // If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. + if (this->primary_got_ == NULL) + this->primary_got_ = new Mips_got_info(); + + // Link primary GOT with secondary GOTs. + this->primary_got_->set_next(current); +} + +// Consider merging FROM, which is OBJECT's GOT, into TO. Return false if +// this would lead to overflow, true if they were merged successfully. + +template +bool +Mips_output_data_got::merge_got_with( + Mips_got_info* from, + Mips_relobj* object, + Mips_got_info* to) +{ + // Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. + unsigned int estimate = this->master_got_info_->page_gotno(); + if (estimate >= from->page_gotno() + to->page_gotno()) + estimate = from->page_gotno() + to->page_gotno(); + + // Conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries would be needed. + estimate += from->local_gotno() + to->local_gotno(); + estimate += from->tls_gotno() + to->tls_gotno(); + + // If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will + // come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those + // conservatively as well. + if (to == this->primary_got_ && (from->tls_gotno() + to->tls_gotno()) > 0) + estimate += this->master_got_info_->global_gotno(); + else + estimate += from->global_gotno() + to->global_gotno(); + + // Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. + unsigned int max_count = + Target_mips::MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE / (size/8) - 2; + if (estimate > max_count) + return false; + + // Transfer the object's GOT information from FROM to TO. + to->add_got_entries(from); + to->add_got_page_entries(from); + + // Record that OBJECT should use output GOT TO. + object->set_got_info(to); + + return true; +} + +// Write out the GOT. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_got::do_write(Output_file* of) +{ + // Call parent to write out GOT. + Output_data_got::do_write(of); + + const off_t offset = this->offset(); + const section_size_type oview_size = + convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size()); + unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size); + + // Needed for fixing values of .got section. + this->got_view_ = oview; + + // Write lazy stub addresses. + for (typename Unordered_set*>::iterator + p = this->master_got_info_->global_got_symbols().begin(); + p != this->master_got_info_->global_got_symbols().end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = *p; + if (mips_sym->has_lazy_stub()) + { + Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast( + oview + this->get_primary_got_offset(mips_sym)); + Valtype value = + this->target_->mips_stubs_section()->stub_address(mips_sym); + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(wv, value); + } + } + + // Add +1 to GGA_NONE nonzero MIPS16 and microMIPS entries. + for (typename Unordered_set*>::iterator + p = this->master_got_info_->global_got_symbols().begin(); + p != this->master_got_info_->global_got_symbols().end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = *p; + if (!this->multi_got() + && (mips_sym->is_mips16() || mips_sym->is_micromips()) + && mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE + && mips_sym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)) + { + Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast( + oview + mips_sym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)); + Valtype value = elfcpp::Swap::readval(wv); + if (value != 0) + { + value |= 1; + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(wv, value); + } + } + } + + if (!this->secondary_got_relocs_.empty()) + { + // Fixup for the secondary GOT R_MIPS_REL32 relocs. For global + // secondary GOT entries with non-zero initial value copy the value + // to the corresponding primary GOT entry, and set the secondary GOT + // entry to zero. + // TODO(sasa): This is workaround. It needs to be investigated further. + + for (size_t i = 0; i < this->secondary_got_relocs_.size(); ++i) + { + Static_reloc& reloc(this->secondary_got_relocs_[i]); + if (reloc.symbol_is_global()) + { + Mips_symbol* gsym = reloc.symbol(); + gold_assert(gsym != NULL); + + unsigned got_offset = reloc.got_offset(); + gold_assert(got_offset < oview_size); + + // Find primary GOT entry. + Valtype* wv_prim = reinterpret_cast( + oview + this->get_primary_got_offset(gsym)); + + // Find secondary GOT entry. + Valtype* wv_sec = reinterpret_cast(oview + got_offset); + + Valtype value = elfcpp::Swap::readval(wv_sec); + if (value != 0) + { + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(wv_prim, value); + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(wv_sec, 0); + gsym->set_applied_secondary_got_fixup(); + } + } + } + + of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview); + } + + // We are done if there is no fix up. + if (this->static_relocs_.empty()) + return; + + Output_segment* tls_segment = this->layout_->tls_segment(); + gold_assert(tls_segment != NULL); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < this->static_relocs_.size(); ++i) + { + Static_reloc& reloc(this->static_relocs_[i]); + + Mips_address value; + if (!reloc.symbol_is_global()) + { + Sized_relobj_file* object = reloc.relobj(); + const Symbol_value* psymval = + object->local_symbol(reloc.index()); + + // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this + // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section. + bool is_ordinary; + unsigned int shndx = psymval->input_shndx(&is_ordinary); + if ((shndx == elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF) + || (is_ordinary + && shndx != elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF + && !object->is_section_included(shndx) + && !this->symbol_table_->is_section_folded(object, shndx))) + { + gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from " + " object %s in GOT"), + reloc.index(), reloc.relobj()->name().c_str()); + continue; + } + + value = psymval->value(object, 0); + } + else + { + const Mips_symbol* gsym = reloc.symbol(); + gold_assert(gsym != NULL); + + // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this + // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section + // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol. + if ((gsym->is_defined_in_discarded_section() || gsym->is_undefined()) + && !gsym->is_weak_undefined()) + { + gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"), + gsym->name()); + continue; + } + + if (!gsym->is_weak_undefined()) + value = gsym->value(); + else + value = 0; + } + + unsigned got_offset = reloc.got_offset(); + gold_assert(got_offset < oview_size); + + Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast(oview + got_offset); + Valtype x; + + switch (reloc.r_type()) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64: + x = value; + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64: + x = value - elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET; + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64: + x = value - elfcpp::TP_OFFSET; + break; + default: + gold_unreachable(); + break; + } + + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(wv, x); + } + + of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview); +} + +// Mips_relobj methods. + +// Count the local symbols. The Mips backend needs to know if a symbol +// is a MIPS16 or microMIPS function or not. For global symbols, it is easy +// because the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type and st_other field. +// For local symbol it is harder because we cannot access this information. +// So we override the do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to +// mark MIPS16 and microMIPS functions. This is not the most efficient way but +// I do not want to slow down other ports by calling a per symbol target hook +// inside Sized_relobj_file::do_count_local_symbols. + +template +void +Mips_relobj::do_count_local_symbols( + Stringpool_template* pool, + Stringpool_template* dynpool) +{ + // Ask parent to count the local symbols. + Sized_relobj_file::do_count_local_symbols(pool, dynpool); + const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count(); + if (loccount == 0) + return; + + // Initialize the mips16 and micromips function bit-vector. + this->local_symbol_is_mips16_.resize(loccount, false); + this->local_symbol_is_micromips_.resize(loccount, false); + + // Read the symbol table section header. + const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx(); + elfcpp::Shdr + symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx)); + gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB); + + // Read the local symbols. + const int sym_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes::sym_size; + gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info()); + off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size; + const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(), + locsize, true, true); + + // Loop over the local symbols and mark any MIPS16 or microMIPS local symbols. + + // Skip the first dummy symbol. + psyms += sym_size; + for (unsigned int i = 1; i < loccount; ++i, psyms += sym_size) + { + elfcpp::Sym sym(psyms); + unsigned char st_other = sym.get_st_other(); + this->local_symbol_is_mips16_[i] = elfcpp::elf_st_is_mips16(st_other); + this->local_symbol_is_micromips_[i] = + elfcpp::elf_st_is_micromips(st_other); + } +} + +// Read the symbol information. + +template +void +Mips_relobj::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd) +{ + // Call parent class to read symbol information. + Sized_relobj_file::do_read_symbols(sd); + + // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header. + const unsigned char* pehdr = this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset, + elfcpp::Elf_sizes::ehdr_size, + true, false); + elfcpp::Ehdr ehdr(pehdr); + this->processor_specific_flags_ = ehdr.get_e_flags(); + + // Get the section names. + const unsigned char* pnamesu = sd->section_names->data(); + const char* pnames = reinterpret_cast(pnamesu); + + // Initialize the mips16 stub section bit-vectors. + this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_.resize(this->shnum(), false); + this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_.resize(this->shnum(), false); + this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_.resize(this->shnum(), false); + + const size_t shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes::shdr_size; + const unsigned char* pshdrs = sd->section_headers->data(); + const unsigned char* ps = pshdrs + shdr_size; + for (unsigned int i = 1; i < this->shnum(); ++i, ps += shdr_size) + { + elfcpp::Shdr shdr(ps); + + if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO) + { + // Read the gp value that was used to create this object. We need the + // gp value while processing relocs. The .reginfo section is not used + // in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. + section_offset_type section_offset = shdr.get_sh_offset(); + section_size_type section_size = + convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size()); + const unsigned char* view = + this->get_view(section_offset, section_size, true, false); + + this->gp_ = elfcpp::Swap::readval(view + 20); + + // Read the rest of .reginfo. + this->gprmask_ = elfcpp::Swap::readval(view); + this->cprmask1_ = elfcpp::Swap::readval(view + 4); + this->cprmask2_ = elfcpp::Swap::readval(view + 8); + this->cprmask3_ = elfcpp::Swap::readval(view + 12); + this->cprmask4_ = elfcpp::Swap::readval(view + 16); + } + + const char* name = pnames + shdr.get_sh_name(); + this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_[i] = is_prefix_of(".mips16.fn", name); + this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_[i] = + is_prefix_of(".mips16.call.", name); + this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_[i] = + is_prefix_of(".mips16.call.fp.", name); + + if (strcmp(name, ".pdr") == 0) + { + gold_assert(this->pdr_shndx_ == -1U); + this->pdr_shndx_ = i; + } + } +} + +// Discard MIPS16 stub secions that are not needed. + +template +void +Mips_relobj::discard_mips16_stub_sections(Symbol_table* symtab) +{ + for (typename Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator + it = this->mips16_stub_sections_.begin(); + it != this->mips16_stub_sections_.end(); ++it) + { + Mips16_stub_section* stub_section = it->second; + if (!stub_section->is_target_found()) + { + gold_error(_("no relocation found in mips16 stub section '%s'"), + stub_section->object() + ->section_name(stub_section->shndx()).c_str()); + } + + bool discard = false; + if (stub_section->is_for_local_function()) + { + if (stub_section->is_fn_stub()) + { + // This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only + // be needed if there is some relocation in this object, + // other than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this + // symbol. + if (!this->has_local_non_16bit_call_relocs(stub_section->r_sym())) + discard = true; + else + this->add_local_mips16_fn_stub(stub_section); + } + else + { + // This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only + // be needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in + // this object that refers to this symbol. + gold_assert(stub_section->is_call_stub() + || stub_section->is_call_fp_stub()); + if (!this->has_local_16bit_call_relocs(stub_section->r_sym())) + discard = true; + else + this->add_local_mips16_call_stub(stub_section); + } + } + else + { + Mips_symbol* gsym = stub_section->gsym(); + if (stub_section->is_fn_stub()) + { + if (gsym->has_mips16_fn_stub()) + // We already have a stub for this function. + discard = true; + else + { + gsym->set_mips16_fn_stub(stub_section); + if (gsym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab)) + { + // If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the + // dynamic symbol must refer to the stub, since only + // the stub uses the standard calling conventions. + gsym->set_need_fn_stub(); + if (gsym->is_from_dynobj()) + gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value(); + } + } + if (!gsym->need_fn_stub()) + discard = true; + } + else if (stub_section->is_call_stub()) + { + if (gsym->is_mips16()) + // We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit + // function, so calls from other 16 bit functions are + // OK. + discard = true; + else if (gsym->has_mips16_call_stub()) + // We already have a stub for this function. + discard = true; + else + gsym->set_mips16_call_stub(stub_section); + } + else + { + gold_assert(stub_section->is_call_fp_stub()); + if (gsym->is_mips16()) + // We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit + // function, so calls from other 16 bit functions are + // OK. + discard = true; + else if (gsym->has_mips16_call_fp_stub()) + // We already have a stub for this function. + discard = true; + else + gsym->set_mips16_call_fp_stub(stub_section); + } + } + if (discard) + this->set_output_section(stub_section->shndx(), NULL); + } +} + +// Mips_output_data_la25_stub methods. + +// Template for standard LA25 stub. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_la25_stub::la25_stub_entry[] = +{ + 0x3c190000, // lui $25,%hi(func) + 0x08000000, // j func + 0x27390000, // add $25,$25,%lo(func) + 0x00000000 // nop +}; + +// Template for microMIPS LA25 stub. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_la25_stub::la25_stub_micromips_entry[] = +{ + 0x41b9, 0x0000, // lui t9,%hi(func) + 0xd400, 0x0000, // j func + 0x3339, 0x0000, // addiu t9,t9,%lo(func) + 0x0000, 0x0000 // nop +}; + +// Create la25 stub for a symbol. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_la25_stub::create_la25_stub( + Symbol_table* symtab, Target_mips* target, + Mips_symbol* gsym) +{ + if (!gsym->has_la25_stub()) + { + gsym->set_la25_stub_offset(this->symbols_.size() * 16); + this->symbols_.insert(gsym); + this->create_stub_symbol(gsym, symtab, target, 16); + } +} + +// Create a symbol for SYM stub's value and size, to help make the disassembly +// easier to read. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_la25_stub::create_stub_symbol( + Mips_symbol* sym, Symbol_table* symtab, + Target_mips* target, uint64_t symsize) +{ + std::string name(".pic."); + name += sym->name(); + + unsigned int offset = sym->la25_stub_offset(); + if (sym->is_micromips()) + offset |= 1; + + // Make it a local function. + Symbol* new_sym = symtab->define_in_output_data(name.c_str(), NULL, + Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, + target->la25_stub_section(), + offset, symsize, elfcpp::STT_FUNC, + elfcpp::STB_LOCAL, + elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, 0, + false, false); + new_sym->set_is_forced_local(); +} + +// Write out la25 stubs. This uses the hand-coded instructions above, +// and adjusts them as needed. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_la25_stub::do_write(Output_file* of) +{ + const off_t offset = this->offset(); + const section_size_type oview_size = + convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size()); + unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size); + + for (typename Unordered_set*>::iterator + p = this->symbols_.begin(); + p != this->symbols_.end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_symbol* sym = *p; + unsigned char* pov = oview + sym->la25_stub_offset(); + + Mips_address target = sym->value(); + if (!sym->is_micromips()) + { + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, + la25_stub_entry[0] | (((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff)); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, + la25_stub_entry[1] | ((target >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, + la25_stub_entry[2] | (target & 0xffff)); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 12, la25_stub_entry[3]); + } + else + { + target |= 1; + // First stub instruction. Paste high 16-bits of the target. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, + la25_stub_micromips_entry[0]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, + ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff); + // Second stub instruction. Paste low 26-bits of the target, shifted + // right by 1. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, + la25_stub_micromips_entry[2] | ((target >> 17) & 0x3ff)); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 6, + la25_stub_micromips_entry[3] | ((target >> 1) & 0xffff)); + // Third stub instruction. Paste low 16-bits of the target. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, + la25_stub_micromips_entry[4]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 10, target & 0xffff); + // Fourth stub instruction. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 12, + la25_stub_micromips_entry[6]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 14, + la25_stub_micromips_entry[7]); + } + } + + of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview); +} + +// Mips_output_data_plt methods. + +// The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt::plt0_entry_o32[] = +{ + 0x3c1c0000, // lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) + 0x8f990000, // lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) + 0x279c0000, // addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) + 0x031cc023, // subu $24, $24, $28 + 0x03e07821, // move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) + 0x0018c082, // srl $24, $24, 2 + 0x0320f809, // jalr $25 + 0x2718fffe // subu $24, $24, 2 +}; + +// The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different +// because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt::plt0_entry_n32[] = +{ + 0x3c0e0000, // lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) + 0x8dd90000, // lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) + 0x25ce0000, // addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) + 0x030ec023, // subu $24, $24, $14 + 0x03e07821, // move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) + 0x0018c082, // srl $24, $24, 2 + 0x0320f809, // jalr $25 + 0x2718fffe // subu $24, $24, 2 +}; + +// The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different +// from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt::plt0_entry_n64[] = +{ + 0x3c0e0000, // lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) + 0xddd90000, // ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) + 0x25ce0000, // addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) + 0x030ec023, // subu $24, $24, $14 + 0x03e07821, // move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) + 0x0018c0c2, // srl $24, $24, 3 + 0x0320f809, // jalr $25 + 0x2718fffe // subu $24, $24, 2 +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable. +// We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address +// of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when +// all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too. +// +// The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt:: +plt0_entry_micromips_o32[] = +{ + 0x7980, 0x0000, // addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . + 0xff23, 0x0000, // lw $25, 0($3) + 0x0535, // subu $2, $2, $3 + 0x2525, // srl $2, $2, 2 + 0x3302, 0xfffe, // subu $24, $2, 2 + 0x0dff, // move $15, $31 + 0x45f9, // jalrs $25 + 0x0f83, // move $28, $3 + 0x0c00 // nop +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable +// in the insn32 mode. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt:: +plt0_entry_micromips32_o32[] = +{ + 0x41bc, 0x0000, // lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) + 0xff3c, 0x0000, // lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) + 0x339c, 0x0000, // addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) + 0x0398, 0xc1d0, // subu $24, $24, $28 + 0x001f, 0x7950, // move $15, $31 + 0x0318, 0x1040, // srl $24, $24, 2 + 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr $25 + 0x3318, 0xfffe // subu $24, $24, 2 +}; + +// The format of subsequent standard entries in the PLT. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt::plt_entry[] = +{ + 0x3c0f0000, // lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) + 0x8df90000, // l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) + 0x03200008, // jr $25 + 0x25f80000 // addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) +}; + +// The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v1 ($3) as a +// temporary because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not directly addressable. +// Note that this differs from the GNU ld which uses both v0 ($2) and v1 ($3). +// We cannot use v0 because MIPS16 call stubs from the CS toolchain expect +// target function address in register v0. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt::plt_entry_mips16_o32[] = +{ + 0xb303, // lw $3, 12($pc) + 0x651b, // move $24, $3 + 0x9b60, // lw $3, 0($3) + 0xeb00, // jr $3 + 0x653b, // move $25, $3 + 0x6500, // nop + 0x0000, 0x0000 // .word (.got.plt entry) +}; + +// The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2) +// as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt:: +plt_entry_micromips_o32[] = +{ + 0x7900, 0x0000, // addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . + 0xff22, 0x0000, // lw $25, 0($2) + 0x4599, // jr $25 + 0x0f02 // move $24, $2 +}; + +// The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt:: +plt_entry_micromips32_o32[] = +{ + 0x41af, 0x0000, // lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) + 0xff2f, 0x0000, // lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) + 0x0019, 0x0f3c, // jr $25 + 0x330f, 0x0000 // addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) +}; + +// Add an entry to the PLT for a symbol referenced by r_type relocation. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_plt::add_entry(Mips_symbol* gsym, + unsigned int r_type) +{ + gold_assert(!gsym->has_plt_offset()); + + // Final PLT offset for a symbol will be set in method set_plt_offsets(). + gsym->set_plt_offset(this->entry_count() * sizeof(plt_entry) + + sizeof(plt0_entry_o32)); + this->symbols_.push_back(gsym); + + // Record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS + // or a compressed code entry. + if (jal_reloc(r_type)) + { + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26) + gsym->set_needs_mips_plt(true); + else + gsym->set_needs_comp_plt(true); + } + + section_offset_type got_offset = this->got_plt_->current_data_size(); + + // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT + // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally + // lazily when the function is called). + this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(got_offset + size/8); + + gsym->set_needs_dynsym_entry(); + this->rel_->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, this->got_plt_, + got_offset); +} + +// Set final PLT offsets. For each symbol, determine whether standard or +// compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry is used. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_plt::set_plt_offsets() +{ + // The sizes of individual PLT entries. + unsigned int plt_mips_entry_size = this->standard_plt_entry_size(); + unsigned int plt_comp_entry_size = (!this->target_->is_output_newabi() + ? this->compressed_plt_entry_size() : 0); + + for (typename std::vector*>::const_iterator + p = this->symbols_.begin(); p != this->symbols_.end(); ++p) + { + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = *p; + + // There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for n32 or n64, + // so always use a standard entry there. + // + // If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then + // all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit + // to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a + // standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J + // instruction. + if (this->target_->is_output_newabi() + || mips_sym->has_mips16_call_stub() + || mips_sym->has_mips16_call_fp_stub()) + { + mips_sym->set_needs_mips_plt(true); + mips_sym->set_needs_comp_plt(false); + } + + // Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we + // have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed + // entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to + // contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create + // pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise, + // because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. + if (!mips_sym->needs_mips_plt() && !mips_sym->needs_comp_plt()) + { + if (this->target_->is_output_micromips()) + mips_sym->set_needs_comp_plt(true); + else + mips_sym->set_needs_mips_plt(true); + } + + if (mips_sym->needs_mips_plt()) + { + mips_sym->set_mips_plt_offset(this->plt_mips_offset_); + this->plt_mips_offset_ += plt_mips_entry_size; + } + if (mips_sym->needs_comp_plt()) + { + mips_sym->set_comp_plt_offset(this->plt_comp_offset_); + this->plt_comp_offset_ += plt_comp_entry_size; + } + } + + // Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we are using it. + if (this->plt_mips_offset_ + this->plt_comp_offset_ != 0) + this->plt_header_size_ = this->get_plt_header_size(); +} + +// Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above, +// and adjusts them as needed. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_plt::do_write(Output_file* of) +{ + const off_t offset = this->offset(); + const section_size_type oview_size = + convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size()); + unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size); + + const off_t gotplt_file_offset = this->got_plt_->offset(); + const section_size_type gotplt_size = + convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_->data_size()); + unsigned char* const gotplt_view = of->get_output_view(gotplt_file_offset, + gotplt_size); + unsigned char* pov = oview; + + Mips_address plt_address = this->address(); + + // Calculate the address of .got.plt. + Mips_address gotplt_addr = this->got_plt_->address(); + Mips_address gotplt_addr_high = ((gotplt_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; + Mips_address gotplt_addr_low = gotplt_addr & 0xffff; + + // The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can + // not be loaded in two instructions. + gold_assert((gotplt_addr & ~(Mips_address) 0x7fffffff) == 0 + || ~(gotplt_addr | 0x7fffffff) == 0); + + // Write the PLT header. + const uint32_t* plt0_entry = this->get_plt_header_entry(); + if (plt0_entry == plt0_entry_micromips_o32) + { + // Write microMIPS PLT header. + gold_assert(gotplt_addr % 4 == 0); + + Mips_address gotpc_offset = gotplt_addr - ((plt_address | 3) ^ 3); + + // ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. + if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000) + { + gold_error(_(".got.plt offset of %ld from .plt beyond the range of " + "ADDIUPC"), (long)gotpc_offset); + return; + } + + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, + plt0_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f)); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, + (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff); + pov += 4; + for (unsigned int i = 2; + i < (sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32) + / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32[0])); + i++) + { + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt0_entry[i]); + pov += 2; + } + } + else if (plt0_entry == plt0_entry_micromips32_o32) + { + // Write microMIPS PLT header in insn32 mode. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt0_entry[0]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, gotplt_addr_high); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, plt0_entry[2]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 6, gotplt_addr_low); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, plt0_entry[4]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 10, gotplt_addr_low); + pov += 12; + for (unsigned int i = 6; + i < (sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32) + / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32[0])); + i++) + { + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt0_entry[i]); + pov += 2; + } + } + else + { + // Write standard PLT header. + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, + plt0_entry[0] | gotplt_addr_high); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, + plt0_entry[1] | gotplt_addr_low); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, + plt0_entry[2] | gotplt_addr_low); + pov += 12; + for (int i = 3; i < 8; i++) + { + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt0_entry[i]); + pov += 4; + } + } + + + unsigned char* gotplt_pov = gotplt_view; + unsigned int got_entry_size = size/8; // TODO(sasa): MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE + + // The first two entries in .got.plt are reserved. + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(gotplt_pov, 0); + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(gotplt_pov + got_entry_size, 0); + + unsigned int gotplt_offset = 2 * got_entry_size; + gotplt_pov += 2 * got_entry_size; + + // Calculate the address of the PLT header. + Mips_address header_address = (plt_address + + (this->is_plt_header_compressed() ? 1 : 0)); + + // Initialize compressed PLT area view. + unsigned char* pov2 = pov + this->plt_mips_offset_; + + // Write the PLT entries. + for (typename std::vector*>::const_iterator + p = this->symbols_.begin(); + p != this->symbols_.end(); + ++p, gotplt_pov += got_entry_size, gotplt_offset += got_entry_size) + { + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = *p; + + // Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. + uint32_t gotplt_entry_addr = (gotplt_addr + gotplt_offset); + uint32_t gotplt_entry_addr_hi = (((gotplt_entry_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) + & 0xffff); + uint32_t gotplt_entry_addr_lo = gotplt_entry_addr & 0xffff; + + // Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. + if (this->target_->is_output_n64()) + elfcpp::Swap<64, big_endian>::writeval(gotplt_pov, header_address); + else + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(gotplt_pov, header_address); + + // Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry. + if (mips_sym->has_mips_plt_offset()) + { + // Pick the load opcode (LW or LD). + uint64_t load = this->target_->is_output_n64() ? 0xdc000000 + : 0x8c000000; + + // Fill in the PLT entry itself. + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, + plt_entry[0] | gotplt_entry_addr_hi); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, + plt_entry[1] | gotplt_entry_addr_lo | load); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, plt_entry[2]); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 12, + plt_entry[3] | gotplt_entry_addr_lo); + pov += 16; + } + + // Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. + if (mips_sym->has_comp_plt_offset()) + { + if (!this->target_->is_output_micromips()) + { + // Write MIPS16 PLT entry. + const uint32_t* plt_entry = plt_entry_mips16_o32; + + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2, plt_entry[0]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 2, plt_entry[1]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 4, plt_entry[2]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 6, plt_entry[3]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 8, plt_entry[4]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 10, plt_entry[5]); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 12, + gotplt_entry_addr); + pov2 += 16; + } + else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions()) + { + // Write microMIPS PLT entry in insn32 mode. + const uint32_t* plt_entry = plt_entry_micromips32_o32; + + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2, plt_entry[0]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 2, + gotplt_entry_addr_hi); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 4, plt_entry[2]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 6, + gotplt_entry_addr_lo); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 8, plt_entry[4]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 10, plt_entry[5]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 12, plt_entry[6]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 14, + gotplt_entry_addr_lo); + pov2 += 16; + } + else + { + // Write microMIPS PLT entry. + const uint32_t* plt_entry = plt_entry_micromips_o32; + + gold_assert(gotplt_entry_addr % 4 == 0); + + Mips_address loc_address = plt_address + pov2 - oview; + int gotpc_offset = gotplt_entry_addr - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3); + + // ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. + if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000) + { + gold_error(_(".got.plt offset of %ld from .plt beyond the " + "range of ADDIUPC"), (long)gotpc_offset); + return; + } + + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2, + plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f)); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval( + pov2 + 2, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 4, plt_entry[2]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 6, plt_entry[3]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 8, plt_entry[4]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 10, plt_entry[5]); + pov2 += 12; + } + } + } + + // Check the number of bytes written for standard entries. + gold_assert(static_cast( + pov - oview - this->plt_header_size_) == this->plt_mips_offset_); + // Check the number of bytes written for compressed entries. + gold_assert((static_cast(pov2 - pov) + == this->plt_comp_offset_)); + // Check the total number of bytes written. + gold_assert(static_cast(pov2 - oview) == oview_size); + + gold_assert(static_cast(gotplt_pov - gotplt_view) + == gotplt_size); + + of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview); + of->write_output_view(gotplt_file_offset, gotplt_size, gotplt_view); +} + +// Mips_output_data_mips_stubs methods. + +// The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than +// 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is not N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_normal_1[4] = +{ + 0x8f998010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x03e07821, // addu t7,ra,zero + 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra + 0x24180000 // addiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended +}; + +// The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than +// 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_normal_1_n64[4] = +{ + 0xdf998010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x03e0782d, // daddu t7,ra,zero + 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra + 0x64180000 // daddiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended +}; + +// The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than +// 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, and ABI is not N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_normal_2[4] = +{ + 0x8f998010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x03e07821, // addu t7,ra,zero + 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra + 0x34180000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned +}; + +// The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than +// 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, and ABI is N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_normal_2_n64[4] = +{ + 0xdf998010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x03e0782d, // daddu t7,ra,zero + 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra + 0x34180000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned +}; + +// The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is greater than +// 64K, and ABI is not N64. +template +const uint32_t Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_big[5] = +{ + 0x8f998010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x03e07821, // addu t7,ra,zero + 0x3c180000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX + 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra + 0x37180000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX +}; + +// The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is greater than +// 64K, and ABI is N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_big_n64[5] = +{ + 0xdf998010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x03e0782d, // daddu t7,ra,zero + 0x3c180000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX + 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra + 0x37180000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX +}; + +// microMIPS stubs. + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is +// less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is not N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1[] = +{ + 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x0dff, // move t7,ra + 0x45d9, // jalr t9 + 0x3300, 0x0000 // addiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is +// less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs:: +lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1_n64[] = +{ + 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x0dff, // move t7,ra + 0x45d9, // jalr t9 + 0x5f00, 0x0000 // daddiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol +// count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, +// and ABI is not N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2[] = +{ + 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x0dff, // move t7,ra + 0x45d9, // jalr t9 + 0x5300, 0x0000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol +// count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, +// and ABI is N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs:: +lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2_n64[] = +{ + 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x0dff, // move t7,ra + 0x45d9, // jalr t9 + 0x5300, 0x0000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is +// greater than 64K, and ABI is not N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_micromips_big[] = +{ + 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x0dff, // move t7,ra + 0x41b8, 0x0000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX + 0x45d9, // jalr t9 + 0x5318, 0x0000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is +// greater than 64K, and ABI is N64. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_micromips_big_n64[] = +{ + 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x0dff, // move t7,ra + 0x41b8, 0x0000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX + 0x45d9, // jalr t9 + 0x5318, 0x0000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX +}; + +// 32-bit microMIPS stubs. + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is +// less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, ABI is not N64, and we +// can use only 32-bit instructions. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs:: +lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1[] = +{ + 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x001f, 0x7950, // addu t7,ra,zero + 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9 + 0x3300, 0x0000 // addiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is +// less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, ABI is N64, and we can +// use only 32-bit instructions. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs:: +lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1_n64[] = +{ + 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x581f, 0x7950, // daddu t7,ra,zero + 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9 + 0x5f00, 0x0000 // daddiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol +// count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, +// ABI is not N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs:: +lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2[] = +{ + 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x001f, 0x7950, // addu t7,ra,zero + 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9 + 0x5300, 0x0000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol +// count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, +// ABI is N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs:: +lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2_n64[] = +{ + 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x581f, 0x7950, // daddu t7,ra,zero + 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9 + 0x5300, 0x0000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is +// greater than 64K, ABI is not N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_micromips32_big[] = +{ + 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x001f, 0x7950, // addu t7,ra,zero + 0x41b8, 0x0000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX + 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9 + 0x5318, 0x0000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX +}; + +// The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is +// greater than 64K, ABI is N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions. +template +const uint32_t +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::lazy_stub_micromips32_big_n64[] = +{ + 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp) + 0x581f, 0x7950, // daddu t7,ra,zero + 0x41b8, 0x0000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX + 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9 + 0x5318, 0x0000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX +}; + +// Create entry for a symbol. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::make_entry( + Mips_symbol* gsym) +{ + if (!gsym->has_lazy_stub() && !gsym->has_plt_offset()) + { + this->symbols_.insert(gsym); + gsym->set_has_lazy_stub(true); + } +} + +// Remove entry for a symbol. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::remove_entry( + Mips_symbol* gsym) +{ + if (gsym->has_lazy_stub()) + { + this->symbols_.erase(gsym); + gsym->set_has_lazy_stub(false); + } +} + +// Set stub offsets for symbols. This method expects that the number of +// entries in dynamic symbol table is set. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::set_lazy_stub_offsets() +{ + gold_assert(this->dynsym_count_ != -1U); + + if (this->stub_offsets_are_set_) + return; + + unsigned int stub_size = this->stub_size(); + unsigned int offset = 0; + for (typename Unordered_set*>::const_iterator + p = this->symbols_.begin(); + p != this->symbols_.end(); + ++p, offset += stub_size) + { + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = *p; + mips_sym->set_lazy_stub_offset(offset); + } + this->stub_offsets_are_set_ = true; +} + +template +void +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::set_needs_dynsym_value() +{ + for (typename Unordered_set*>::const_iterator + p = this->symbols_.begin(); p != this->symbols_.end(); ++p) + { + Mips_symbol* sym = *p; + if (sym->is_from_dynobj()) + sym->set_needs_dynsym_value(); + } +} + +// Write out the .MIPS.stubs. This uses the hand-coded instructions and +// adjusts them as needed. + +template +void +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs::do_write(Output_file* of) +{ + const off_t offset = this->offset(); + const section_size_type oview_size = + convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size()); + unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size); + + bool big_stub = this->dynsym_count_ > 0x10000; + + unsigned char* pov = oview; + for (typename Unordered_set*>::const_iterator + p = this->symbols_.begin(); p != this->symbols_.end(); ++p) + { + Mips_symbol* sym = *p; + const uint32_t* lazy_stub; + bool n64 = this->target_->is_output_n64(); + + if (!this->target_->is_output_micromips()) + { + // Write standard (non-microMIPS) stub. + if (!big_stub) + { + if (sym->dynsym_index() & ~0x7fff) + // Dynsym index is between 32K and 64K. + lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_normal_2_n64 : lazy_stub_normal_2; + else + // Dynsym index is less than 32K. + lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_normal_1_n64 : lazy_stub_normal_1; + } + else + lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_big_n64 : lazy_stub_big; + + unsigned int i = 0; + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]); + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, lazy_stub[i + 1]); + pov += 8; + + i += 2; + if (big_stub) + { + // LUI instruction of the big stub. Paste high 16 bits of the + // dynsym index. + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, + lazy_stub[i] | ((sym->dynsym_index() >> 16) & 0x7fff)); + pov += 4; + i += 1; + } + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]); + // Last stub instruction. Paste low 16 bits of the dynsym index. + elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, + lazy_stub[i + 1] | (sym->dynsym_index() & 0xffff)); + pov += 8; + } + else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions()) + { + // Write microMIPS stub in insn32 mode. + if (!big_stub) + { + if (sym->dynsym_index() & ~0x7fff) + // Dynsym index is between 32K and 64K. + lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2_n64 + : lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2; + else + // Dynsym index is less than 32K. + lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1_n64 + : lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1; + } + else + lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips32_big_n64 + : lazy_stub_micromips32_big; + + unsigned int i = 0; + // First stub instruction. We emit 32-bit microMIPS instructions by + // emitting two 16-bit parts because on microMIPS the 16-bit part of + // the instruction where the opcode is must always come first, for + // both little and big endian. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lazy_stub[i + 1]); + // Second stub instruction. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, lazy_stub[i + 2]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 6, lazy_stub[i + 3]); + pov += 8; + i += 4; + if (big_stub) + { + // LUI instruction of the big stub. Paste high 16 bits of the + // dynsym index. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, + (sym->dynsym_index() >> 16) & 0x7fff); + pov += 4; + i += 2; + } + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lazy_stub[i + 1]); + // Last stub instruction. Paste low 16 bits of the dynsym index. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, lazy_stub[i + 2]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 6, + sym->dynsym_index() & 0xffff); + pov += 8; + } + else + { + // Write microMIPS stub. + if (!big_stub) + { + if (sym->dynsym_index() & ~0x7fff) + // Dynsym index is between 32K and 64K. + lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2_n64 + : lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2; + else + // Dynsym index is less than 32K. + lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1_n64 + : lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1; + } + else + lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips_big_n64 + : lazy_stub_micromips_big; + + unsigned int i = 0; + // First stub instruction. We emit 32-bit microMIPS instructions by + // emitting two 16-bit parts because on microMIPS the 16-bit part of + // the instruction where the opcode is must always come first, for + // both little and big endian. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lazy_stub[i + 1]); + // Second stub instruction. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, lazy_stub[i + 2]); + pov += 6; + i += 3; + if (big_stub) + { + // LUI instruction of the big stub. Paste high 16 bits of the + // dynsym index. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, + (sym->dynsym_index() >> 16) & 0x7fff); + pov += 4; + i += 2; + } + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]); + // Last stub instruction. Paste low 16 bits of the dynsym index. + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lazy_stub[i + 1]); + elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, + sym->dynsym_index() & 0xffff); + pov += 6; + } + } + + // We always allocate 20 bytes for every stub, because final dynsym count is + // not known in method do_finalize_sections. There are 4 unused bytes per + // stub if final dynsym count is less than 0x10000. + unsigned int used = pov - oview; + unsigned int unused = big_stub ? 0 : this->symbols_.size() * 4; + gold_assert(static_cast(used + unused) == oview_size); + + // Fill the unused space with zeroes. + // TODO(sasa): Can we strip unused bytes during the relaxation? + if (unused > 0) + memset(pov, 0, unused); + + of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview); +} + +// Mips_output_section_reginfo methods. + +template +void +Mips_output_section_reginfo::do_write(Output_file* of) +{ + off_t offset = this->offset(); + off_t data_size = this->data_size(); + + unsigned char* view = of->get_output_view(offset, data_size); + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(view, this->gprmask_); + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(view + 4, this->cprmask1_); + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(view + 8, this->cprmask2_); + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(view + 12, this->cprmask3_); + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(view + 16, this->cprmask4_); + // Write the gp value. + elfcpp::Swap::writeval(view + 20, + this->target_->gp_value()); + + of->write_output_view(offset, data_size, view); +} + +// Mips_copy_relocs methods. + +// Emit any saved relocs. + +template +void +Mips_copy_relocs::emit_mips( + Output_data_reloc* reloc_section, + Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target) +{ + for (typename Copy_relocs:: + Copy_reloc_entries::iterator p = this->entries_.begin(); + p != this->entries_.end(); + ++p) + emit_entry(*p, reloc_section, symtab, layout, target); + + // We no longer need the saved information. + this->entries_.clear(); +} + +// Emit the reloc if appropriate. + +template +void +Mips_copy_relocs::emit_entry( + Copy_reloc_entry& entry, + Output_data_reloc* reloc_section, + Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target) +{ + // If the symbol is no longer defined in a dynamic object, then we + // emitted a COPY relocation, and we do not want to emit this + // dynamic relocation. + if (!entry.sym_->is_from_dynobj()) + return; + + bool can_make_dynamic = (entry.reloc_type_ == elfcpp::R_MIPS_32 + || entry.reloc_type_ == elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32 + || entry.reloc_type_ == elfcpp::R_MIPS_64); + + Mips_symbol* sym = Mips_symbol::as_mips_sym(entry.sym_); + if (can_make_dynamic && !sym->has_static_relocs()) + { + Mips_relobj* object = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(entry.relobj_); + target->got_section(symtab, layout)->record_global_got_symbol( + sym, object, entry.reloc_type_, true, false); + if (!symbol_references_local(sym, sym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab))) + target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_global(sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, + entry.output_section_, entry.relobj_, entry.shndx_, entry.address_); + else + target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_symbolless_global_addend( + sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, entry.output_section_, entry.relobj_, + entry.shndx_, entry.address_); + } + else + this->make_copy_reloc(symtab, layout, + static_cast*>(entry.sym_), + reloc_section); +} + +// Target_mips methods. + +// Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special +// treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function +// pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the +// processor specific ABI supplement. + +template +uint64_t +Target_mips::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol* gsym) const +{ + uint64_t value = 0; + const Mips_symbol* mips_sym = Mips_symbol::as_mips_sym(gsym); + + if (!mips_sym->has_lazy_stub()) + { + if (mips_sym->has_plt_offset()) + { + // We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by + // giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the + // value to the stub address if there are any relocations in the + // binary where pointer equality matters. + if (mips_sym->pointer_equality_needed()) + { + // Prefer a standard MIPS PLT entry. + if (mips_sym->has_mips_plt_offset()) + value = this->plt_section()->mips_entry_address(mips_sym); + else + value = this->plt_section()->comp_entry_address(mips_sym) + 1; + } + else + value = 0; + } + } + else + { + // First, set stub offsets for symbols. This method expects that the + // number of entries in dynamic symbol table is set. + this->mips_stubs_section()->set_lazy_stub_offsets(); + + // The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol + // to reset the global offset table entry for this external + // to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. + value = this->mips_stubs_section()->stub_address(mips_sym); + } + + if (mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub()) + { + // If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must + // refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling + // conventions. + value = mips_sym->template + get_mips16_fn_stub()->output_address(); + } + + return value; +} + +// Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary. It's always +// .rel.dyn, even for MIPS64. + +template +typename Target_mips::Reloc_section* +Target_mips::rel_dyn_section(Layout* layout) +{ + if (this->rel_dyn_ == NULL) + { + gold_assert(layout != NULL); + this->rel_dyn_ = new Reloc_section(parameters->options().combreloc()); + layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL, + elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_dyn_, + ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS, false); + + // First entry in .rel.dyn has to be null. + // This is hack - we define dummy output data and set its address to 0, + // and define absolute R_MIPS_NONE relocation with offset 0 against it. + // This ensures that the entry is null. + Output_data* od = new Output_data_zero_fill(0, 0); + od->set_address(0); + this->rel_dyn_->add_absolute(elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE, od, 0); + } + return this->rel_dyn_; +} + +// Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary. + +template +Mips_output_data_got* +Target_mips::got_section(Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout) +{ + if (this->got_ == NULL) + { + gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL); + + this->got_ = new Mips_output_data_got(this, symtab, + layout); + layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, + (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE | + elfcpp::SHF_MIPS_GPREL), + this->got_, ORDER_DATA, false); + + // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got section. + symtab->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL, + Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, + this->got_, + 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT, + elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, + elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, 0, + false, false); + } + + return this->got_; +} + +// Calculate value of _gp symbol. + +template +void +Target_mips::set_gp(Layout* layout, Symbol_table* symtab) +{ + if (this->gp_ != NULL) + return; + + Output_data* section = layout->find_output_section(".got"); + if (section == NULL) + { + // If there is no .got section, gp should be based on .sdata. + // TODO(sasa): This is probably not needed. This was needed for older + // MIPS architectures which accessed both GOT and .sdata section using + // gp-relative addressing. Modern Mips Linux ELF architectures don't + // access .sdata using gp-relative addressing. + for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator + p = layout->section_list().begin(); + p != layout->section_list().end(); + ++p) + { + if (strcmp((*p)->name(), ".sdata") == 0) + { + section = *p; + break; + } + } + } + + Sized_symbol* gp = + static_cast*>(symtab->lookup("_gp")); + if (gp != NULL) + { + if (gp->source() != Symbol::IS_CONSTANT && section != NULL) + gp->init_output_data(gp->name(), NULL, section, MIPS_GP_OFFSET, 0, + elfcpp::STT_OBJECT, + elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, + elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, 0, + false, false); + this->gp_ = gp; + } + else if (section != NULL) + { + gp = static_cast*>(symtab->define_in_output_data( + "_gp", NULL, Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, + section, MIPS_GP_OFFSET, 0, + elfcpp::STT_OBJECT, + elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, + elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, + 0, false, false)); + this->gp_ = gp; + } +} + +// Set the dynamic symbol indexes. INDEX is the index of the first +// global dynamic symbol. Pointers to the symbols are stored into the +// vector SYMS. The names are added to DYNPOOL. This returns an +// updated dynamic symbol index. + +template +unsigned int +Target_mips::do_set_dynsym_indexes( + std::vector* dyn_symbols, unsigned int index, + std::vector* syms, Stringpool* dynpool, + Versions* versions, Symbol_table* symtab) const +{ + std::vector non_got_symbols; + std::vector got_symbols; + + reorder_dyn_symbols(dyn_symbols, &non_got_symbols, + &got_symbols); + + for (std::vector::iterator p = non_got_symbols.begin(); + p != non_got_symbols.end(); + ++p) + { + Symbol* sym = *p; + + // Note that SYM may already have a dynamic symbol index, since + // some symbols appear more than once in the symbol table, with + // and without a version. + + if (!sym->has_dynsym_index()) + { + sym->set_dynsym_index(index); + ++index; + syms->push_back(sym); + dynpool->add(sym->name(), false, NULL); + + // Record any version information. + if (sym->version() != NULL) + versions->record_version(symtab, dynpool, sym); + + // If the symbol is defined in a dynamic object and is + // referenced in a regular object, then mark the dynamic + // object as needed. This is used to implement --as-needed. + if (sym->is_from_dynobj() && sym->in_reg()) + sym->object()->set_is_needed(); + } + } + + for (std::vector::iterator p = got_symbols.begin(); + p != got_symbols.end(); + ++p) + { + Symbol* sym = *p; + if (!sym->has_dynsym_index()) + { + // Record any version information. + if (sym->version() != NULL) + versions->record_version(symtab, dynpool, sym); + } + } + + index = versions->finalize(symtab, index, syms); + + int got_sym_count = 0; + for (std::vector::iterator p = got_symbols.begin(); + p != got_symbols.end(); + ++p) + { + Symbol* sym = *p; + + if (!sym->has_dynsym_index()) + { + ++got_sym_count; + sym->set_dynsym_index(index); + ++index; + syms->push_back(sym); + dynpool->add(sym->name(), false, NULL); + + // If the symbol is defined in a dynamic object and is + // referenced in a regular object, then mark the dynamic + // object as needed. This is used to implement --as-needed. + if (sym->is_from_dynobj() && sym->in_reg()) + sym->object()->set_is_needed(); + } + } + + // Set index of the first symbol that has .got entry. + this->got_->set_first_global_got_dynsym_index( + got_sym_count > 0 ? index - got_sym_count : -1U); + + if (this->mips_stubs_ != NULL) + this->mips_stubs_->set_dynsym_count(index); + + return index; +} + +// Create a PLT entry for a global symbol referenced by r_type relocation. + +template +void +Target_mips::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Mips_symbol* gsym, + unsigned int r_type) +{ + if (gsym->has_lazy_stub() || gsym->has_plt_offset()) + return; + + if (this->plt_ == NULL) + { + // Create the GOT section first. + this->got_section(symtab, layout); + + this->got_plt_ = new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT"); + layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, + (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE), + this->got_plt_, ORDER_DATA, false); + + // The first two entries are reserved. + this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(2 * size/8); + + this->plt_ = new Mips_output_data_plt(layout, + this->got_plt_, + this); + layout->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, + (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC + | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR), + this->plt_, ORDER_PLT, false); + } + + this->plt_->add_entry(gsym, r_type); +} + + +// Get the .MIPS.stubs section, creating it if necessary. + +template +Mips_output_data_mips_stubs* +Target_mips::mips_stubs_section(Layout* layout) +{ + if (this->mips_stubs_ == NULL) + { + this->mips_stubs_ = + new Mips_output_data_mips_stubs(this); + layout->add_output_section_data(".MIPS.stubs", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, + (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC + | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR), + this->mips_stubs_, ORDER_PLT, false); + } + return this->mips_stubs_; +} + +// Get the LA25 stub section, creating it if necessary. + +template +Mips_output_data_la25_stub* +Target_mips::la25_stub_section(Layout* layout) +{ + if (this->la25_stub_ == NULL) + { + this->la25_stub_ = new Mips_output_data_la25_stub(); + layout->add_output_section_data(".text", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, + (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC + | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR), + this->la25_stub_, ORDER_TEXT, false); + } + return this->la25_stub_; +} + +// Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for +// garbage collection. + +template +void +Target_mips::gc_process_relocs( + Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + unsigned int, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + bool needs_special_offset_handling, + size_t local_symbol_count, + const unsigned char* plocal_symbols) +{ + typedef Target_mips Mips; + typedef typename Target_mips::Scan Scan; + + gold::gc_process_relocs( + symtab, + layout, + this, + object, + data_shndx, + prelocs, + reloc_count, + output_section, + needs_special_offset_handling, + local_symbol_count, + plocal_symbols); +} + +// Scan relocations for a section. + +template +void +Target_mips::scan_relocs( + Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + bool needs_special_offset_handling, + size_t local_symbol_count, + const unsigned char* plocal_symbols) +{ + typedef Target_mips Mips; + typedef typename Target_mips::Scan Scan; + + if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL) + gold::scan_relocs( + symtab, + layout, + this, + object, + data_shndx, + prelocs, + reloc_count, + output_section, + needs_special_offset_handling, + local_symbol_count, + plocal_symbols); + else if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA) + gold::scan_relocs( + symtab, + layout, + this, + object, + data_shndx, + prelocs, + reloc_count, + output_section, + needs_special_offset_handling, + local_symbol_count, + plocal_symbols); +} + +template +bool +Target_mips::mips_32bit_flags(elfcpp::Elf_Word flags) +{ + return ((flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0 + || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_O32 + || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32 + || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_1 + || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_2 + || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32 + || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2); +} + +// Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. +template +unsigned int +Target_mips::elf_mips_mach(elfcpp::Elf_Word flags) +{ + switch (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH) + { + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_3900: + return mach_mips3900; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4010: + return mach_mips4010; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4100: + return mach_mips4100; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4111: + return mach_mips4111; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4120: + return mach_mips4120; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4650: + return mach_mips4650; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5400: + return mach_mips5400; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5500: + return mach_mips5500; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_9000: + return mach_mips9000; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_SB1: + return mach_mips_sb1; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E: + return mach_mips_loongson_2e; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F: + return mach_mips_loongson_2f; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A: + return mach_mips_loongson_3a; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2: + return mach_mips_octeon2; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON: + return mach_mips_octeon; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_XLR: + return mach_mips_xlr; + + default: + switch (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) + { + default: + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_1: + return mach_mips3000; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_2: + return mach_mips6000; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_3: + return mach_mips4000; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_4: + return mach_mips8000; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_5: + return mach_mips5; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32: + return mach_mipsisa32; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64: + return mach_mipsisa64; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: + return mach_mipsisa32r2; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: + return mach_mipsisa64r2; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +// Check whether machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. +template +bool +Target_mips::mips_mach_extends(unsigned int base, + unsigned int extension) +{ + if (extension == base) + return true; + + if ((base == mach_mipsisa32) + && this->mips_mach_extends(mach_mipsisa64, extension)) + return true; + + if ((base == mach_mipsisa32r2) + && this->mips_mach_extends(mach_mipsisa64r2, extension)) + return true; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < this->mips_mach_extensions_.size(); ++i) + if (extension == this->mips_mach_extensions_[i].first) + { + extension = this->mips_mach_extensions_[i].second; + if (extension == base) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +template +void +Target_mips::merge_processor_specific_flags( + const std::string& name, elfcpp::Elf_Word in_flags, + unsigned char in_ei_class, bool dyn_obj) +{ + // If flags are not set yet, just copy them. + if (!this->are_processor_specific_flags_set()) + { + this->set_processor_specific_flags(in_flags); + this->ei_class_ = in_ei_class; + this->mach_ = this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags); + return; + } + + elfcpp::Elf_Word new_flags = in_flags; + elfcpp::Elf_Word old_flags = this->processor_specific_flags(); + elfcpp::Elf_Word merged_flags = this->processor_specific_flags(); + merged_flags |= new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; + + // Check flag compatibility. + new_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; + old_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; + + // Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It + // doesn't seem to matter. + new_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_XGOT; + old_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_XGOT; + + // MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should + // just be able to ignore this. + new_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_UCODE; + old_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_UCODE; + + // DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. + if (dyn_obj) + new_flags |= elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC; + + if (new_flags == old_flags) + { + this->set_processor_specific_flags(merged_flags); + return; + } + + if (((new_flags & (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0) + != ((old_flags & (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)) + gold_warning(_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"), + name.c_str()); + + if (new_flags & (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC)) + merged_flags |= elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC; + if (!(new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC)) + merged_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC; + + new_flags &= ~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC); + old_flags &= ~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC); + + // Compare the ISAs. + if (mips_32bit_flags(old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags(new_flags)) + gold_error(_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"), name.c_str()); + else if (!this->mips_mach_extends(this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags), this->mach_)) + { + // Output ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, input ISA. + if (this->mips_mach_extends(this->mach_, this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags))) + { + // Copy the architecture info from input object to output. Also copy + // the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise + // output as a 32-bit binary. + this->mach_ = this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags); + merged_flags &= ~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH); + merged_flags |= (new_flags & (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH + | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)); + + // Copy across the ABI flags if output doesn't use them + // and if that was what caused us to treat input object as 32-bit. + if ((old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0 + && this->mips_32bit_flags(new_flags) + && !this->mips_32bit_flags(new_flags & ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI)) + merged_flags |= new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI; + } + else + // The ISAs aren't compatible. + gold_error(_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), + name.c_str(), this->elf_mips_mach_name(in_flags), + this->elf_mips_mach_name(merged_flags)); + } + + new_flags &= (~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH + | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)); + old_flags &= (~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH + | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)); + + // Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it does set + // EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. + if ((new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) + || (in_ei_class != this->ei_class_)) + { + // Only error if both are set (to different values). + if (((new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) + && (old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI)) + || (in_ei_class != this->ei_class_)) + gold_error(_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with " + "previous %s modules"), name.c_str(), + this->elf_mips_abi_name(in_flags, in_ei_class), + this->elf_mips_abi_name(merged_flags, this->ei_class_)); + + new_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI; + old_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI; + } + + // Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together + // and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). + if ((new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) + != (old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE)) + { + int old_micro = old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS; + int new_micro = new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS; + int old_m16 = old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16; + int new_m16 = new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16; + int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro; + int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16; + + if (m16_mis || micro_mis) + gold_error(_("%s: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with " + "previous %s modules"), name.c_str(), + m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS", + m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16"); + + merged_flags |= new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; + + new_flags &= ~ elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; + old_flags &= ~ elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; + } + + // Warn about any other mismatches. + if (new_flags != old_flags) + gold_error(_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%x) fields than previous " + "modules (0x%x)"), name.c_str(), new_flags, old_flags); + + this->set_processor_specific_flags(merged_flags); +} + +// Adjust ELF file header. + +template +void +Target_mips::do_adjust_elf_header( + unsigned char* view, + int len) +{ + gold_assert(len == elfcpp::Elf_sizes::ehdr_size); + + elfcpp::Ehdr ehdr(view); + unsigned char e_ident[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT]; + memcpy(e_ident, ehdr.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT); + + e_ident[elfcpp::EI_CLASS] = this->ei_class_; + + elfcpp::Ehdr_write oehdr(view); + oehdr.put_e_ident(e_ident); + if (this->entry_symbol_is_compressed_) + oehdr.put_e_entry(ehdr.get_e_entry() + 1); +} + +// do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class. +// We need to use a target-specific sub-class of +// Sized_relobj_file to store Mips specific information. +// Hence we need to have our own ELF object creation. + +template +Object* +Target_mips::do_make_elf_object( + const std::string& name, + Input_file* input_file, + off_t offset, const elfcpp::Ehdr& ehdr) +{ + int et = ehdr.get_e_type(); + // ET_EXEC files are valid input for --just-symbols/-R, + // and we treat them as relocatable objects. + if (et == elfcpp::ET_REL + || (et == elfcpp::ET_EXEC && input_file->just_symbols())) + { + Mips_relobj* obj = + new Mips_relobj(name, input_file, offset, ehdr); + obj->setup(); + return obj; + } + else if (et == elfcpp::ET_DYN) + { + // TODO(sasa): Should we create Mips_dynobj? + return Target::do_make_elf_object(name, input_file, offset, ehdr); + } + else + { + gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"), + name.c_str(), et); + return NULL; + } +} + +// Finalize the sections. + +template +void +Target_mips::do_finalize_sections(Layout* layout, + const Input_objects* input_objects, + Symbol_table* symtab) +{ + // Add +1 to MIPS16 and microMIPS init_ and _fini symbols so that DT_INIT and + // DT_FINI have correct values. + Mips_symbol* init = static_cast*>( + symtab->lookup(parameters->options().init())); + if (init != NULL && (init->is_mips16() || init->is_micromips())) + init->set_value(init->value() | 1); + Mips_symbol* fini = static_cast*>( + symtab->lookup(parameters->options().fini())); + if (fini != NULL && (fini->is_mips16() || fini->is_micromips())) + fini->set_value(fini->value() | 1); + + // Check whether the entry symbol is mips16 or micromips. This is needed to + // adjust entry address in ELF header. + Mips_symbol* entry = + static_cast*>(symtab->lookup(this->entry_symbol_name())); + this->entry_symbol_is_compressed_ = (entry != NULL && (entry->is_mips16() + || entry->is_micromips())); + + if (!parameters->doing_static_link() + && (strcmp(parameters->options().hash_style(), "gnu") == 0 + || strcmp(parameters->options().hash_style(), "both") == 0)) + { + // .gnu.hash and the MIPS ABI require .dynsym to be sorted in different + // ways. .gnu.hash needs symbols to be grouped by hash code whereas the + // MIPS ABI requires a mapping between the GOT and the symbol table. + gold_error(".gnu.hash is incompatible with the MIPS ABI"); + } + + // Check whether the final section that was scanned has HI16 or GOT16 + // relocations without the corresponding LO16 part. + if (this->got16_addends_.size() > 0) + gold_error("Can't find matching LO16 reloc"); + + // Set _gp value. + this->set_gp(layout, symtab); + + // Check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. + if (!parameters->options().relocatable()) + { + for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin(); + p != input_objects->relobj_end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_relobj* object = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(*p); + object->discard_mips16_stub_sections(symtab); + } + } + + // Merge processor-specific flags. + for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin(); + p != input_objects->relobj_end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_relobj* relobj = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(*p); + + Input_file::Format format = relobj->input_file()->format(); + if (format == Input_file::FORMAT_ELF) + { + // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header. + const unsigned char* pehdr = relobj->get_view( + elfcpp::file_header_offset, + elfcpp::Elf_sizes::ehdr_size, + true, false); + + elfcpp::Ehdr ehdr(pehdr); + elfcpp::Elf_Word in_flags = ehdr.get_e_flags(); + unsigned char ei_class = ehdr.get_e_ident()[elfcpp::EI_CLASS]; + + this->merge_processor_specific_flags(relobj->name(), in_flags, + ei_class, false); + } + } + + for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p = input_objects->dynobj_begin(); + p != input_objects->dynobj_end(); + ++p) + { + Sized_dynobj* dynobj = + static_cast*>(*p); + + // Read processor-specific flags. + const unsigned char* pehdr = dynobj->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset, + elfcpp::Elf_sizes::ehdr_size, + true, false); + + elfcpp::Ehdr ehdr(pehdr); + elfcpp::Elf_Word in_flags = ehdr.get_e_flags(); + unsigned char ei_class = ehdr.get_e_ident()[elfcpp::EI_CLASS]; + + this->merge_processor_specific_flags(dynobj->name(), in_flags, ei_class, + true); + } + + // Merge .reginfo contents of input objects. + Valtype gprmask = 0; + Valtype cprmask1 = 0; + Valtype cprmask2 = 0; + Valtype cprmask3 = 0; + Valtype cprmask4 = 0; + for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin(); + p != input_objects->relobj_end(); + ++p) + { + Mips_relobj* relobj = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(*p); + + gprmask |= relobj->gprmask(); + cprmask1 |= relobj->cprmask1(); + cprmask2 |= relobj->cprmask2(); + cprmask3 |= relobj->cprmask3(); + cprmask4 |= relobj->cprmask4(); + } + + if (this->plt_ != NULL) + { + // Set final PLT offsets for symbols. + this->plt_section()->set_plt_offsets(); + + // Define _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the .plt section. + // Set STO_MICROMIPS flag if the output has microMIPS code, but only if + // there are no standard PLT entries present. + unsigned char nonvis = 0; + if (this->is_output_micromips() + && !this->plt_section()->has_standard_entries()) + nonvis = elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS >> 2; + symtab->define_in_output_data("_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", NULL, + Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, + this->plt_, + 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_FUNC, + elfcpp::STB_LOCAL, + elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, nonvis, + false, false); + } + + if (this->mips_stubs_ != NULL) + { + // Define _MIPS_STUBS_ at the start of the .MIPS.stubs section. + unsigned char nonvis = 0; + if (this->is_output_micromips()) + nonvis = elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS >> 2; + symtab->define_in_output_data("_MIPS_STUBS_", NULL, + Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, + this->mips_stubs_, + 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_FUNC, + elfcpp::STB_LOCAL, + elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, nonvis, + false, false); + } + + if (!parameters->options().relocatable() && !parameters->doing_static_link()) + // In case there is no .got section, create one. + this->got_section(symtab, layout); + + // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY + // relocs. + if (this->copy_relocs_.any_saved_relocs()) + this->copy_relocs_.emit_mips(this->rel_dyn_section(layout), symtab, layout, + this); + + // Emit dynamic relocs. + for (typename std::vector::iterator p = this->dyn_relocs_.begin(); + p != this->dyn_relocs_.end(); + ++p) + p->emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout), this->got_section(), symtab); + + if (this->has_got_section()) + this->got_section()->lay_out_got(layout, symtab, input_objects); + + if (this->mips_stubs_ != NULL) + this->mips_stubs_->set_needs_dynsym_value(); + + // Check for functions that might need $25 to be valid on entry. + // TODO(sasa): Can we do this without iterating over all symbols? + typedef Symbol_visitor_check_symbols Symbol_visitor; + symtab->for_all_symbols(Symbol_visitor(this, layout, + symtab)); + + // Add NULL segment. + if (!parameters->options().relocatable()) + layout->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_NULL, 0); + + for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = layout->section_list().begin(); + p != layout->section_list().end(); + ++p) + { + if ((*p)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO) + { + Mips_output_section_reginfo* reginfo = + Mips_output_section_reginfo:: + as_mips_output_section_reginfo(*p); + + reginfo->set_masks(gprmask, cprmask1, cprmask2, cprmask3, cprmask4); + + if (!parameters->options().relocatable()) + { + Output_segment* reginfo_segment = + layout->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_MIPS_REGINFO, + elfcpp::PF_R); + reginfo_segment->add_output_section_to_nonload(reginfo, + elfcpp::PF_R); + } + } + } + + // Fill in some more dynamic tags. + // TODO(sasa): Add more dynamic tags. + const Reloc_section* rel_plt = (this->plt_ == NULL + ? NULL : this->plt_->rel_plt()); + layout->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_, rel_plt, + this->rel_dyn_, true, false); + + Output_data_dynamic* const odyn = layout->dynamic_data(); + if (odyn != NULL + && !parameters->options().relocatable() + && !parameters->doing_static_link()) + { + unsigned int d_val; + // This element holds a 32-bit version id for the Runtime + // Linker Interface. This will start at integer value 1. + d_val = 0x01; + odyn->add_constant(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, d_val); + + // Dynamic flags + d_val = elfcpp::RHF_NOTPOT; + odyn->add_constant(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_FLAGS, d_val); + + // Save layout for using when emiting custom dynamic tags. + this->layout_ = layout; + + // This member holds the base address of the segment. + odyn->add_custom(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS); + + // This member holds the number of entries in the .dynsym section. + odyn->add_custom(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO); + + // This member holds the index of the first dynamic symbol + // table entry that corresponds to an entry in the global offset table. + odyn->add_custom(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_GOTSYM); + + // This member holds the number of local GOT entries. + odyn->add_constant(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, + this->got_->get_local_gotno()); + + if (this->plt_ != NULL) + // DT_MIPS_PLTGOT dynamic tag + odyn->add_section_address(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, this->got_plt_); + } + } + +// Get the custom dynamic tag value. +template +unsigned int +Target_mips::do_dynamic_tag_custom_value(elfcpp::DT tag) const +{ + switch (tag) + { + case elfcpp::DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS: + { + // The base address of the segment. + // At this point, the segment list has been sorted into final order, + // so just return vaddr of the first readable PT_LOAD segment. + Output_segment* seg = + this->layout_->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_LOAD, elfcpp::PF_R, 0); + gold_assert(seg != NULL); + return seg->vaddr(); + } + + case elfcpp::DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO: + // The number of entries in the .dynsym section. + return this->get_dt_mips_symtabno(); + + case elfcpp::DT_MIPS_GOTSYM: + { + // The index of the first dynamic symbol table entry that corresponds + // to an entry in the GOT. + if (this->got_->first_global_got_dynsym_index() != -1U) + return this->got_->first_global_got_dynsym_index(); + else + // In case if we don't have global GOT symbols we default to setting + // DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. + return this->get_dt_mips_symtabno(); + } + + default: + gold_error(_("Unknown dynamic tag 0x%x"), (unsigned int)tag); + } + + return (unsigned int)-1; +} + +// Relocate section data. + +template +void +Target_mips::relocate_section( + const Relocate_info* relinfo, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + bool needs_special_offset_handling, + unsigned char* view, + Mips_address address, + section_size_type view_size, + const Reloc_symbol_changes* reloc_symbol_changes) +{ + typedef Target_mips Mips; + typedef typename Target_mips::Relocate Mips_relocate; + + if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL) + gold::relocate_section( + relinfo, + this, + prelocs, + reloc_count, + output_section, + needs_special_offset_handling, + view, + address, + view_size, + reloc_symbol_changes); + else if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA) + gold::relocate_section( + relinfo, + this, + prelocs, + reloc_count, + output_section, + needs_special_offset_handling, + view, + address, + view_size, + reloc_symbol_changes); +} + +// Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable +// link. + +template +unsigned int +Target_mips::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc( + unsigned int r_type, + Relobj* object) +{ + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64: + return 0; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR: + return 4; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LITERAL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + return 2; + + // These relocations are not byte sized + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26: + return 4; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT: + object->error(_("unexpected reloc %u in object file"), r_type); + return 0; + + default: + object->error(_("unsupported reloc %u in object file"), r_type); + return 0; + } +} + +// Scan the relocs during a relocatable link. + +template +void +Target_mips::scan_relocatable_relocs( + Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + bool needs_special_offset_handling, + size_t local_symbol_count, + const unsigned char* plocal_symbols, + Relocatable_relocs* rr) +{ + gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL); + + typedef Mips_scan_relocatable_relocs Scan_relocatable_relocs; + + gold::scan_relocatable_relocs( + symtab, + layout, + object, + data_shndx, + prelocs, + reloc_count, + output_section, + needs_special_offset_handling, + local_symbol_count, + plocal_symbols, + rr); +} + +// Emit relocations for a section. + +template +void +Target_mips::relocate_relocs( + const Relocate_info* relinfo, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* prelocs, + size_t reloc_count, + Output_section* output_section, + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Off + offset_in_output_section, + const Relocatable_relocs* rr, + unsigned char* view, + Mips_address view_address, + section_size_type view_size, + unsigned char* reloc_view, + section_size_type reloc_view_size) +{ + gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL); + + gold::relocate_relocs( + relinfo, + prelocs, + reloc_count, + output_section, + offset_in_output_section, + rr, + view, + view_address, + view_size, + reloc_view, + reloc_view_size); +} + +// Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is +// only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL. + +template +void +Target_mips::relocate_special_relocatable( + const Relocate_info* relinfo, + unsigned int sh_type, + const unsigned char* preloc_in, + size_t relnum, + Output_section* output_section, + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section, + unsigned char* view, + Mips_address view_address, + section_size_type, + unsigned char* preloc_out) +{ + // We can only handle REL type relocation sections. + gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL); + + typedef typename Reloc_types::Reloc + Reltype; + typedef typename Reloc_types::Reloc_write + Reltype_write; + + typedef Mips_relocate_functions Reloc_funcs; + + const Mips_address invalid_address = static_cast(0) - 1; + + Mips_relobj* object = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(relinfo->object); + const unsigned int local_count = object->local_symbol_count(); + + Reltype reloc(preloc_in); + Reltype_write reloc_write(preloc_out); + + elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = reloc.get_r_info(); + const unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym(r_info); + const unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type(r_info); + + // Get the new symbol index. + // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations. + gold_assert(r_sym < local_count); + + // We are adjusting a section symbol. We need to find + // the symbol table index of the section symbol for + // the output section corresponding to input section + // in which this symbol is defined. + bool is_ordinary; + unsigned int shndx = object->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym, &is_ordinary); + gold_assert(is_ordinary); + Output_section* os = object->output_section(shndx); + gold_assert(os != NULL); + gold_assert(os->needs_symtab_index()); + unsigned int new_symndx = os->symtab_index(); + + // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where + // this relocation should be applied. + + Mips_address offset = reloc.get_r_offset(); + Mips_address new_offset; + if (offset_in_output_section != invalid_address) + new_offset = offset + offset_in_output_section; + else + { + section_offset_type sot_offset = + convert_types(offset); + section_offset_type new_sot_offset = + output_section->output_offset(object, relinfo->data_shndx, + sot_offset); + gold_assert(new_sot_offset != -1); + new_offset = new_sot_offset; + } + + // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section. + // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by + // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address. + if (!parameters->options().relocatable()) + { + new_offset += view_address; + if (offset_in_output_section != invalid_address) + new_offset -= offset_in_output_section; + } + + reloc_write.put_r_offset(new_offset); + reloc_write.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info<32>(new_symndx, r_type)); + + // Handle the reloc addend. + // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file. + // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output + // file. The input section symbol refers to some address in + // the input section. We need the relocation in the output + // file to refer to that same address. This adjustment to + // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple + // absolute relocation for the input section symbol. + + const Symbol_value* psymval = object->local_symbol(r_sym); + + unsigned char* paddend = view + offset; + typename Reloc_funcs::Status reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY; + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rel26(paddend, object, psymval, + offset_in_output_section, true, 0, sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL, NULL, + false /*TODO(sasa): cross mode jump*/, r_type, this->jal_to_bal()); + break; + + default: + gold_unreachable(); + } + + // Report any errors. + switch (reloc_status) + { + case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY: + break; + case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OVERFLOW: + gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, reloc.get_r_offset(), + _("relocation overflow")); + break; + case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC: + gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, reloc.get_r_offset(), + _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation")); + break; + default: + gold_unreachable(); + } +} + +// Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the +// symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is +// known at link time. + +template +tls::Tls_optimization +Target_mips::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int) +{ + // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization. + return tls::TLSOPT_NONE; +} + +// Scan a relocation for a local symbol. + +template +inline void +Target_mips::Scan::local( + Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rela* rela, + const elfcpp::Rel* rel, + unsigned int rel_type, + unsigned int r_type, + const elfcpp::Sym& lsym, + bool is_discarded) +{ + if (is_discarded) + return; + + Mips_address r_offset; + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_WXword r_info; + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Swxword r_addend; + + if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA) + { + r_offset = rela->get_r_offset(); + r_info = rela->get_r_info(); + r_addend = rela->get_r_addend(); + } + else + { + r_offset = rel->get_r_offset(); + r_info = rel->get_r_info(); + r_addend = 0; + } + + unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym(r_info); + Mips_relobj* mips_obj = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(object); + + if (mips_obj->is_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx)) + { + mips_obj->get_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx) + ->new_local_reloc_found(r_type, r_sym); + } + + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE) + // R_MIPS_NONE is used in mips16 stub sections, to define the target of the + // mips16 stub. + return; + + if (!mips16_call_reloc(r_type) + && !mips_obj->section_allows_mips16_refs(data_shndx)) + // This reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub, if + // there is one. We ignore MIPS16 stub sections and .pdr section when + // looking for relocs that would need to refer to MIPS16 stubs. + mips_obj->add_local_non_16bit_call(r_sym); + + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 + && !mips_obj->section_allows_mips16_refs(data_shndx)) + mips_obj->add_local_16bit_call(r_sym); + + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: + // We need a GOT section. + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + break; + + default: + break; + } + + if (call_lo16_reloc(r_type) + || got_lo16_reloc(r_type) + || got_disp_reloc(r_type)) + { + // We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We + // don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the + // maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of + // the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and + // R_MIPS*_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or + // R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an + // R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. + Mips_output_data_got* got = + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym(r_info); + got->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, r_sym, r_addend, r_type, -1U); + } + + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: + gold_error(_("CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol "), + (unsigned long)r_offset); + return; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: + { + // This relocation needs a page entry in the GOT. + // Get the section contents. + section_size_type view_size = 0; + const unsigned char* view = object->section_contents(data_shndx, + &view_size, false); + view += r_offset; + + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view); + Valtype32 addend = (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL ? val & 0xffff + : r_addend); + + if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL && got16_reloc(r_type)) + target->got16_addends_.push_back(got16_addend( + object, data_shndx, r_type, r_sym, addend)); + else + target->got_section()->record_got_page_entry(mips_obj, r_sym, addend); + break; + } + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16: + // Record the reloc so that we can check whether the corresponding LO16 + // part exists. + if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL) + target->got16_addends_.push_back(got16_addend( + object, data_shndx, r_type, r_sym, 0)); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16: + { + if (rel_type != elfcpp::SHT_REL) + break; + + // Find corresponding GOT16/HI16 relocation. + + // According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must + // be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next + // relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several + // relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 + // relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar + // extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. + + // In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but + // keeps the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a + // violation of the ABI but not immediately harmful. + + typename std::list >::iterator it = + target->got16_addends_.begin(); + while (it != target->got16_addends_.end()) + { + got16_addend _got16_addend = *it; + + // TODO(sasa): Split got16_addends_ list into two lists - one for + // GOT16 relocs and the other for HI16 relocs. + + // Report an error if we find HI16 or GOT16 reloc from the + // previous section without the matching LO16 part. + if (_got16_addend.object != object + || _got16_addend.shndx != data_shndx) + { + gold_error("Can't find matching LO16 reloc"); + break; + } + + if (_got16_addend.r_sym != r_sym + || !is_matching_lo16_reloc(_got16_addend.r_type, r_type)) + { + ++it; + continue; + } + + // We found a matching HI16 or GOT16 reloc for this LO16 reloc. + // For GOT16, we need to calculate combined addend and record GOT page + // entry. + if (got16_reloc(_got16_addend.r_type)) + { + + section_size_type view_size = 0; + const unsigned char* view = object->section_contents(data_shndx, + &view_size, + false); + view += r_offset; + + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view); + int32_t addend = Bits<16>::sign_extend32(val & 0xffff); + + addend = (_got16_addend.addend << 16) + addend; + target->got_section()->record_got_page_entry(mips_obj, r_sym, + addend); + } + + it = target->got16_addends_.erase(it); + } + break; + } + } + + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_64: + { + if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) + { + // If building a shared library (or a position-independent + // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for + // this location. + Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout); + unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info); + rel_dyn->add_symbolless_local_addend(object, r_sym, + elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, + output_section, data_shndx, + r_offset); + } + break; + } + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: + { + unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym(r_info); + bool output_is_shared = parameters->options().shared(); + const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type + = Target_mips::optimize_tls_reloc( + !output_is_shared, r_type); + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: + if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) + { + // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and + // dtv-relative offset. + Mips_output_data_got* got = + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx(); + bool is_ordinary; + shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx, &is_ordinary); + if (!is_ordinary) + { + object->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"), + r_sym, shndx); + break; + } + got->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, r_sym, r_addend, r_type, + shndx); + } + else + { + // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet. + gold_unreachable(); + } + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: + if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) + { + // We always record LDM symbols as local with index 0. + target->got_section()->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, 0, + r_addend, r_type, + -1U); + } + else + { + // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet. + gold_unreachable(); + } + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + layout->set_has_static_tls(); + if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) + { + // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset. + Mips_output_data_got* got = + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + got->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, r_sym, r_addend, r_type, + -1U); + } + else + { + // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet. + gold_unreachable(); + } + break; + + default: + gold_unreachable(); + } + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + // Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a + // shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're + // not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result + // will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be + // combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. + if (parameters->options().shared()) + { + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16: + // Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against + // no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). + if (r_sym == 0) + break; + + // FALLTHROUGH + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: + gold_error(_("%s: relocation %u against `%s' can not be used when " + "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"), + object->name().c_str(), r_type, "a local symbol"); + default: + break; + } + } +} + +template +inline void +Target_mips::Scan::local( + Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rel& reloc, + unsigned int r_type, + const elfcpp::Sym& lsym, + bool is_discarded) +{ + if (is_discarded) + return; + + local( + symtab, + layout, + target, + object, + data_shndx, + output_section, + (const elfcpp::Rela*) NULL, + &reloc, + elfcpp::SHT_REL, + r_type, + lsym, is_discarded); +} + + +template +inline void +Target_mips::Scan::local( + Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rela& reloc, + unsigned int r_type, + const elfcpp::Sym& lsym, + bool is_discarded) +{ + if (is_discarded) + return; + + local( + symtab, + layout, + target, + object, + data_shndx, + output_section, + &reloc, + (const elfcpp::Rel*) NULL, + elfcpp::SHT_RELA, + r_type, + lsym, is_discarded); +} + +// Scan a relocation for a global symbol. + +template +inline void +Target_mips::Scan::global( + Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rela* rela, + const elfcpp::Rel* rel, + unsigned int rel_type, + unsigned int r_type, + Symbol* gsym) +{ + Mips_address r_offset; + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_WXword r_info; + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Swxword r_addend; + + if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA) + { + r_offset = rela->get_r_offset(); + r_info = rela->get_r_info(); + r_addend = rela->get_r_addend(); + } + else + { + r_offset = rel->get_r_offset(); + r_info = rel->get_r_info(); + r_addend = 0; + } + + unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym(r_info); + Mips_relobj* mips_obj = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(object); + Mips_symbol* mips_sym = Mips_symbol::as_mips_sym(gsym); + + if (mips_obj->is_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx)) + { + mips_obj->get_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx) + ->new_global_reloc_found(r_type, mips_sym); + } + + if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE) + // R_MIPS_NONE is used in mips16 stub sections, to define the target of the + // mips16 stub. + return; + + if (!mips16_call_reloc(r_type) + && !mips_obj->section_allows_mips16_refs(data_shndx)) + // This reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub, if + // there is one. We ignore MIPS16 stub sections and .pdr section when + // looking for relocs that would need to refer to MIPS16 stubs. + mips_sym->set_need_fn_stub(); + + // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got + // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against + // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. + if (!target->has_got_section() + && strcmp(gsym->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + + // We need PLT entries if there are static-only relocations against + // an externally-defined function. This can technically occur for + // shared libraries if there are branches to the symbol, although it + // is unlikely that this will be used in practice due to the short + // ranges involved. It can occur for any relative or absolute relocation + // in executables; in that case, the PLT entry becomes the function's + // canonical address. + bool static_reloc = false; + + // Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC to true if we can convert this + // relocation into a dynamic one. + bool can_make_dynamic = false; + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: + // We need a GOT section. + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + break; + + // This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set + // has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR: + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16: + // TODO(sasa) + // GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a + // regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is + // important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which + // always resolves to a local function even if other relocations + // against the symbol wouldn't. + //constrain_symbol_p = FALSE; + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_64: + if (parameters->options().shared() + || strcmp(gsym->name(), "__gnu_local_gp") != 0) + { + if (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32) + { + static_reloc = true; + mips_sym->set_pointer_equality_needed(); + } + can_make_dynamic = true; + break; + } + // Fall through. + + default: + // Most static relocations require pointer equality, except + // for branches. + mips_sym->set_pointer_equality_needed(); + + // Fall through. + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2: + static_reloc = true; + mips_sym->set_has_static_relocs(); + break; + } + + // If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol, + // see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can + // only do this if all references to the function are through call + // relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs + // are much more efficient than PLT entries. + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR: + if (!mips_sym->no_lazy_stub()) + { + if ((mips_sym->needs_plt_entry() && mips_sym->is_from_dynobj()) + // Calls from shared objects to undefined symbols of type + // STT_NOTYPE need lazy-binding stub. + || (mips_sym->is_undefined() && parameters->options().shared())) + target->mips_stubs_section(layout)->make_entry(mips_sym); + } + break; + default: + { + // We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations + // related to taking the function's address. + mips_sym->set_no_lazy_stub(); + target->remove_lazy_stub_entry(mips_sym); + break; + } + } + + if (relocation_needs_la25_stub(mips_obj, r_type, + mips_sym->is_mips16())) + mips_sym->set_has_nonpic_branches(); + + // R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup, + // and has a special meaning. + bool gp_disp_against_hi16 = (!mips_obj->is_newabi() + && strcmp(gsym->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0 + && (hi16_reloc(r_type) || lo16_reloc(r_type))); + if (static_reloc && gsym->needs_plt_entry()) + { + target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, mips_sym, r_type); + + // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be + // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to + // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of + // the PLT entry. + if (gsym->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters->options().shared()) + { + gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value(); + // We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by + // giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the + // flag if there are any relocations in the binary where pointer + // equality matters. + if (mips_sym->pointer_equality_needed()) + mips_sym->set_mips_plt(); + } + } + if ((static_reloc || can_make_dynamic) && !gp_disp_against_hi16) + { + // Absolute addressing relocations. + // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary. + if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type))) + { + if (gsym->may_need_copy_reloc()) + { + target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object, + data_shndx, output_section, gsym, *rel); + } + else if (can_make_dynamic) + { + // Create .rel.dyn section. + target->rel_dyn_section(layout); + target->dynamic_reloc(mips_sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, mips_obj, + data_shndx, output_section, r_offset); + } + else + gold_error(_("non-dynamic relocations refer to dynamic symbol %s"), + gsym->name()); + } + } + + bool for_call = false; + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: + for_call = true; + // Fall through. + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: + { + // The symbol requires a GOT entry. + Mips_output_data_got* got = + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + got->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, mips_obj, r_type, false, + for_call); + mips_sym->set_global_got_area(GGA_NORMAL); + } + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: + { + // This relocation needs a page entry in the GOT. + // Get the section contents. + section_size_type view_size = 0; + const unsigned char* view = + object->section_contents(data_shndx, &view_size, false); + view += r_offset; + + Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view); + Valtype32 addend = (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL ? val & 0xffff + : r_addend); + Mips_output_data_got* got = + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + got->record_got_page_entry(mips_obj, r_sym, addend); + + // If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will + // decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. + bool def_regular = (mips_sym->source() == Symbol::FROM_OBJECT + && !mips_sym->object()->is_dynamic() + && !mips_sym->is_undefined()); + if (!def_regular + || (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent() + && !parameters->options().Bsymbolic() + && !mips_sym->is_forced_local())) + { + got->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, mips_obj, r_type, false, + for_call); + mips_sym->set_global_got_area(GGA_NORMAL); + } + } + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: + { + const bool is_final = gsym->final_value_is_known(); + const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type = + Target_mips::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type); + + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: + if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) + { + // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and + // dtv-relative offset. + Mips_output_data_got* got = + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + got->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, mips_obj, r_type, false, + false); + } + else + { + // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet. + gold_unreachable(); + } + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: + if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) + { + // We always record LDM symbols as local with index 0. + target->got_section()->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, 0, + r_addend, r_type, + -1U); + } + else + { + // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet. + gold_unreachable(); + } + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + layout->set_has_static_tls(); + if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) + { + // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset. + Mips_output_data_got* got = + target->got_section(symtab, layout); + got->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, mips_obj, r_type, false, + false); + } + else + { + // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet. + gold_unreachable(); + } + break; + + default: + gold_unreachable(); + } + } + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT: + // These are relocations which should only be seen by the + // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here. + gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"), + object->name().c_str(), r_type); + break; + + default: + break; + } + + // Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a + // shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're + // not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result + // will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be + // combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. + if (parameters->options().shared()) + { + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16: + // Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against + // no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). + if (r_sym == 0) + break; + + // R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup, + // and has a special meaning. + if (!mips_obj->is_newabi() && strcmp(gsym->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0) + break; + + // FALLTHROUGH + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: + gold_error(_("%s: relocation %u against `%s' can not be used when " + "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"), + object->name().c_str(), r_type, gsym->name()); + default: + break; + } + } +} + +template +inline void +Target_mips::Scan::global( + Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rela& reloc, + unsigned int r_type, + Symbol* gsym) +{ + global( + symtab, + layout, + target, + object, + data_shndx, + output_section, + &reloc, + (const elfcpp::Rel*) NULL, + elfcpp::SHT_RELA, + r_type, + gsym); +} + +template +inline void +Target_mips::Scan::global( + Symbol_table* symtab, + Layout* layout, + Target_mips* target, + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int data_shndx, + Output_section* output_section, + const elfcpp::Rel& reloc, + unsigned int r_type, + Symbol* gsym) +{ + global( + symtab, + layout, + target, + object, + data_shndx, + output_section, + (const elfcpp::Rela*) NULL, + &reloc, + elfcpp::SHT_REL, + r_type, + gsym); +} + +// Return whether a R_MIPS_32 relocation needs to be applied. + +template +inline bool +Target_mips::Relocate::should_apply_r_mips_32_reloc( + const Mips_symbol* gsym, + unsigned int r_type, + Output_section* output_section, + Target_mips* target) +{ + // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call + // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply + // the reloc here. + if ((output_section->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0) + return true; + + if (gsym == NULL) + return true; + else + { + // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the + // scan pass. + if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)) + && !gsym->may_need_copy_reloc()) + { + // We have generated dynamic reloc (R_MIPS_REL32). + + bool multi_got = false; + if (target->has_got_section()) + multi_got = target->got_section()->multi_got(); + bool has_got_offset; + if (!multi_got) + has_got_offset = gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); + else + has_got_offset = gsym->global_gotoffset() != -1U; + if (!has_got_offset) + return true; + else + // Apply the relocation only if the symbol is in the local got. + // Do not apply the relocation if the symbol is in the global + // got. + return symbol_references_local(gsym, gsym->has_dynsym_index()); + } + else + // We have not generated dynamic reloc. + return true; + } +} + +// Perform a relocation. + +template +inline bool +Target_mips::Relocate::relocate( + const Relocate_info* relinfo, + Target_mips* target, + Output_section* output_section, + size_t relnum, + const elfcpp::Rela* rela, + const elfcpp::Rel* rel, + unsigned int rel_type, + unsigned int r_type, + const Sized_symbol* gsym, + const Symbol_value* psymval, + unsigned char* view, + Mips_address address, + section_size_type) +{ + Mips_address r_offset; + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_WXword r_info; + typename elfcpp::Elf_types::Elf_Swxword r_addend; + + if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA) + { + r_offset = rela->get_r_offset(); + r_info = rela->get_r_info(); + r_addend = rela->get_r_addend(); + } + else + { + r_offset = rel->get_r_offset(); + r_info = rel->get_r_info(); + r_addend = 0; + } + + typedef Mips_relocate_functions Reloc_funcs; + typename Reloc_funcs::Status reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY; + + Mips_relobj* object = + Mips_relobj::as_mips_relobj(relinfo->object); + + unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym(r_info); + bool target_is_16_bit_code = false; + bool target_is_micromips_code = false; + bool cross_mode_jump; + + Symbol_value symval; + + const Mips_symbol* mips_sym = Mips_symbol::as_mips_sym(gsym); + + bool changed_symbol_value = false; + if (gsym == NULL) + { + target_is_16_bit_code = object->local_symbol_is_mips16(r_sym); + target_is_micromips_code = object->local_symbol_is_micromips(r_sym); + if (target_is_16_bit_code || target_is_micromips_code) + { + // MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. + symval.set_output_value(psymval->value(object, 1)); + psymval = &symval; + changed_symbol_value = true; + } + } + else + { + target_is_16_bit_code = mips_sym->is_mips16(); + target_is_micromips_code = mips_sym->is_micromips(); + + // If this is a mips16/microMIPS text symbol, add 1 to the value to make + // it odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with + // the right value when it is loaded into the PC. + + if ((mips_sym->is_mips16() || mips_sym->is_micromips()) + && psymval->value(object, 0) != 0) + { + symval.set_output_value(psymval->value(object, 0) | 1); + psymval = &symval; + changed_symbol_value = true; + } + + // Pick the value to use for symbols defined in shared objects. + if (mips_sym->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)) + || mips_sym->has_lazy_stub()) + { + Mips_address value; + if (!mips_sym->has_lazy_stub()) + { + // Prefer a standard MIPS PLT entry. + if (mips_sym->has_mips_plt_offset()) + { + value = target->plt_section()->mips_entry_address(mips_sym); + target_is_micromips_code = false; + target_is_16_bit_code = false; + } + else + { + value = (target->plt_section()->comp_entry_address(mips_sym) + + 1); + if (target->is_output_micromips()) + target_is_micromips_code = true; + else + target_is_16_bit_code = true; + } + } + else + value = target->mips_stubs_section()->stub_address(mips_sym); + + symval.set_output_value(value); + psymval = &symval; + } + } + + // TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". + // Note that such a symbol must always be a global symbol. + bool gp_disp = (gsym != NULL && (strcmp(gsym->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0) + && !object->is_newabi()); + + // TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "__gnu_local_gp". + // Note that such a symbol must always be a global symbol. + bool gnu_local_gp = gsym && (strcmp(gsym->name(), "__gnu_local_gp") == 0); + + + if (gp_disp) + { + if (!hi16_reloc(r_type) && !lo16_reloc(r_type)) + gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, r_offset, + _("relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only" + " with R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations.")); + } + else if (gnu_local_gp) + { + // __gnu_local_gp is _gp symbol. + symval.set_output_value(target->adjusted_gp_value(object)); + psymval = &symval; + } + + // If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need + // to redirect the relocation to the stub unless: + // + // (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL; + // + // (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no + // non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or + // + // (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. + if (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 + && !parameters->options().relocatable() + && ((mips_sym != NULL + && mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub() + && (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16 || mips_sym->need_fn_stub())) + || (mips_sym == NULL + && object->get_local_mips16_fn_stub(r_sym) != NULL)) + && !object->section_allows_mips16_refs(relinfo->data_shndx)) + { + // This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should + // have already noticed that we were going to need the + // stub. + Mips_address value; + if (mips_sym == NULL) + value = object->get_local_mips16_fn_stub(r_sym)->output_address(); + else + { + gold_assert(mips_sym->need_fn_stub()); + if (mips_sym->has_la25_stub()) + value = target->la25_stub_section()->stub_address(mips_sym); + else + { + value = mips_sym->template + get_mips16_fn_stub()->output_address(); + } + } + symval.set_output_value(value); + psymval = &symval; + changed_symbol_value = true; + + // The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. + target_is_16_bit_code = false; + } + // If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or + // to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub. + // Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; + // indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. + else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && !parameters->options().relocatable() + && ((mips_sym != NULL + && (mips_sym->has_mips16_call_stub() + || mips_sym->has_mips16_call_fp_stub())) + || (mips_sym == NULL + && object->get_local_mips16_call_stub(r_sym) != NULL)) + && ((mips_sym != NULL && mips_sym->has_plt_offset()) + || !target_is_16_bit_code)) + { + Mips16_stub_section* call_stub; + if (mips_sym == NULL) + call_stub = object->get_local_mips16_call_stub(r_sym); + else + { + // If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure + // out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input + // file. + if (mips_sym->has_mips16_call_stub() + && mips_sym->has_mips16_call_fp_stub()) + { + call_stub = NULL; + for (unsigned int i = 1; i < object->shnum(); ++i) + { + if (object->is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(i)) + { + call_stub = mips_sym->template + get_mips16_call_fp_stub(); + break; + } + + } + if (call_stub == NULL) + call_stub = + mips_sym->template get_mips16_call_stub(); + } + else if (mips_sym->has_mips16_call_stub()) + call_stub = mips_sym->template get_mips16_call_stub(); + else + call_stub = mips_sym->template get_mips16_call_fp_stub(); + } + + symval.set_output_value(call_stub->output_address()); + psymval = &symval; + changed_symbol_value = true; + } + // If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the + // non-PIC stub. + else if (mips_sym != NULL + && mips_sym->has_la25_stub() + && relocation_needs_la25_stub( + object, r_type, target_is_16_bit_code)) + { + Mips_address value = target->la25_stub_section()->stub_address(mips_sym); + if (mips_sym->is_micromips()) + value += 1; + symval.set_output_value(value); + psymval = &symval; + } + // For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT + // entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. + else if ((r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 + || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) + && !parameters->options().relocatable() + && mips_sym != NULL + && mips_sym->has_plt_offset() + && mips_sym->has_comp_plt_offset() + && mips_sym->has_mips_plt_offset()) + { + Mips_address value = (target->plt_section()->comp_entry_address(mips_sym) + + 1); + symval.set_output_value(value); + psymval = &symval; + + target_is_16_bit_code = !target->is_output_micromips(); + target_is_micromips_code = target->is_output_micromips(); + } + + // Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. + if ((r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code) + || (micromips_branch_reloc(r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code)) + { + gold_error(_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other")); + } + + // Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the + // mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols, + // which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important + // because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the + // symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore + // acceptable. + cross_mode_jump = + (!parameters->options().relocatable() + && !(gsym != NULL && gsym->is_weak_undefined()) + && ((r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code) + || (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 && !target_is_micromips_code) + || ((r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26 || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR) + && (target_is_16_bit_code || target_is_micromips_code)))); + + bool local = (mips_sym == NULL + || (mips_sym->got_only_for_calls() + ? symbol_calls_local(mips_sym, mips_sym->has_dynsym_index()) + : symbol_references_local(mips_sym, + mips_sym->has_dynsym_index()))); + + // Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent + // to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the + // corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. + if (got_page_reloc(r_type) && !local) + r_type = (micromips_reloc(r_type) ? elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP + : elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP); + + unsigned int got_offset = 0; + int gp_offset = 0; + + bool update_got_entry = false; + bool extract_addend = rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL; + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE: + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_16: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rel16(view, object, psymval, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32: + if (should_apply_r_mips_32_reloc(mips_sym, r_type, output_section, + target)) + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rel32(view, object, psymval, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + if (mips_sym != NULL + && (mips_sym->is_mips16() || mips_sym->is_micromips()) + && mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY) + { + // If mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub() is false, symbol value is + // already updated by adding +1. + if (mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub()) + { + gold_assert(mips_sym->need_fn_stub()); + Mips16_stub_section* fn_stub = + mips_sym->template get_mips16_fn_stub(); + + symval.set_output_value(fn_stub->output_address()); + psymval = &symval; + } + got_offset = mips_sym->global_gotoffset(); + update_got_entry = true; + } + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32: + gold_unreachable(); + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC32: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relpc32(view, object, psymval, address, + r_addend, extract_addend, r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26: + // The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an + // R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into + // the output file that's different. So, we just fall through to the + // R_MIPS_26 case here. + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rel26(view, object, psymval, address, + gsym == NULL, r_addend, extract_addend, gsym, cross_mode_jump, r_type, + target->jal_to_bal()); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relhi16(view, object, psymval, r_addend, + address, gp_disp, r_type, + extract_addend); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rello16(target, view, object, psymval, + r_addend, extract_addend, address, + gp_disp, r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LITERAL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL: + // Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this + // just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge + // shared literals, and then we will need to additional work + // here. + + // Fall through. + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgprel(view, object, psymval, + target->adjusted_gp_value(object), + r_addend, extract_addend, + gsym == NULL, r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relpc16(view, object, psymval, address, + r_addend, extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relmicromips_pc7_s1(view, object, psymval, + address, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relmicromips_pc10_s1(view, object, psymval, + address, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relmicromips_pc16_s1(view, object, psymval, + address, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgprel32(view, object, psymval, + target->adjusted_gp_value(object), + r_addend, extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: + if (gsym != NULL) + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, + object); + else + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, + object); + gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot_hi16(view, gp_offset, r_type); + update_got_entry = changed_symbol_value; + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: + if (gsym != NULL) + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, + object); + else + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, + object); + gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot_lo16(view, gp_offset, r_type); + update_got_entry = changed_symbol_value; + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: + if (gsym != NULL) + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, + object); + else + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, + object); + gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: + gold_assert(gsym != NULL); + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, + object); + gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type); + // TODO(sasa): We should also initialize update_got_entry in other places + // where relgot is called. + update_got_entry = changed_symbol_value; + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: + if (gsym != NULL) + { + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, + GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, + object); + gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type); + } + else + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot16_local(view, object, psymval, + r_addend, extract_addend, + r_type); + update_got_entry = changed_symbol_value; + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: + if (gsym != NULL) + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR, + object); + else + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR, + object); + gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + if (gsym != NULL) + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, + GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET, + object); + else + got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym, + GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET, + object); + gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: + // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for + // the module index. + got_offset = target->got_section()->tls_ldm_offset(object); + gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object); + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgotpage(target, view, object, psymval, + r_addend, extract_addend, r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgotofst(target, view, object, psymval, + r_addend, extract_addend, local, + r_type); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR: + // This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize + // it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize + // when the symbol does not resolve locally. + if (gsym == NULL || symbol_calls_local(gsym, gsym->has_dynsym_index())) + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::reljalr(view, object, psymval, address, + r_addend, extract_addend, + cross_mode_jump, r_type, + target->jalr_to_bal(), + target->jr_to_b()); + break; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrelhi16(view, object, psymval, + elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrello16(view, object, psymval, + elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrel32(view, object, psymval, + elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrelhi16(view, object, psymval, + elfcpp::TP_OFFSET, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrello16(view, object, psymval, + elfcpp::TP_OFFSET, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrel32(view, object, psymval, + elfcpp::TP_OFFSET, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_SUB: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_SUB: + reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relsub(view, object, psymval, r_addend, + extract_addend, r_type); + break; + default: + gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, r_offset, + _("unsupported reloc %u"), r_type); + break; + } + + if (update_got_entry) + { + Mips_output_data_got* got = target->got_section(); + if (mips_sym != NULL && mips_sym->get_applied_secondary_got_fixup()) + got->update_got_entry(got->get_primary_got_offset(mips_sym), + psymval->value(object, 0)); + else + got->update_got_entry(got_offset, psymval->value(object, 0)); + } + + // Report any errors. + switch (reloc_status) + { + case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY: + break; + case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OVERFLOW: + gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, r_offset, + _("relocation overflow")); + break; + case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC: + gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, r_offset, + _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation")); + break; + default: + gold_unreachable(); + } + + return true; +} + +template +inline bool +Target_mips::Relocate::relocate( + const Relocate_info* relinfo, + Target_mips* target, + Output_section* output_section, + size_t relnum, + const elfcpp::Rela& reloc, + unsigned int r_type, + const Sized_symbol* gsym, + const Symbol_value* psymval, + unsigned char* view, + Mips_address address, + section_size_type view_size) +{ + return relocate( + relinfo, + target, + output_section, + relnum, + &reloc, + (const elfcpp::Rel*) NULL, + elfcpp::SHT_RELA, + r_type, + gsym, + psymval, + view, + address, + view_size); +} + +template +inline bool +Target_mips::Relocate::relocate( + const Relocate_info* relinfo, + Target_mips* target, + Output_section* output_section, + size_t relnum, + const elfcpp::Rel& reloc, + unsigned int r_type, + const Sized_symbol* gsym, + const Symbol_value* psymval, + unsigned char* view, + Mips_address address, + section_size_type view_size) +{ + return relocate( + relinfo, + target, + output_section, + relnum, + (const elfcpp::Rela*) NULL, + &reloc, + elfcpp::SHT_REL, + r_type, + gsym, + psymval, + view, + address, + view_size); +} + +// Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation. + +template +int +Target_mips::Scan::get_reference_flags( + unsigned int r_type) +{ + switch (r_type) + { + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE: + // No symbol reference. + return 0; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_64: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16: + return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: + return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL | Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL: + return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR: + return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL | Symbol::RELATIVE_REF; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LITERAL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: + // Absolute in GOT. + return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: + case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: + return Symbol::TLS_REF; + + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY: + case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT: + default: + gold_unreachable(); + // Not expected. We will give an error later. + return 0; + } +} + +// Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol. + +template +void +Target_mips::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local( + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int r_type) +{ + gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"), + object->name().c_str(), r_type); +} + +// Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol. + +template +void +Target_mips::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global( + Sized_relobj_file* object, + unsigned int r_type, + Symbol* gsym) +{ + gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"), + object->name().c_str(), r_type, gsym->demangled_name().c_str()); +} + +// Return printable name for ABI. +template +const char* +Target_mips::elf_mips_abi_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags, + unsigned char ei_class) +{ + switch (e_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) + { + case 0: + if ((e_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0) + return "N32"; + else if (elfcpp::abi_64(ei_class)) + return "64"; + else + return "none"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_O32: + return "O32"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_O64: + return "O64"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32: + return "EABI32"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64: + return "EABI64"; + default: + return "unknown abi"; + } +} + +template +const char* +Target_mips::elf_mips_mach_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags) +{ + switch (e_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH) + { + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_3900: + return "mips:3900"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4010: + return "mips:4010"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4100: + return "mips:4100"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4111: + return "mips:4111"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4120: + return "mips:4120"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4650: + return "mips:4650"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5400: + return "mips:5400"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5500: + return "mips:5500"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_SB1: + return "mips:sb1"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_9000: + return "mips:9000"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E: + return "mips:loongson-2e"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F: + return "mips:loongson-2f"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A: + return "mips:loongson-3a"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON: + return "mips:octeon"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2: + return "mips:octeon2"; + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_XLR: + return "mips:xlr"; + default: + switch (e_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) + { + default: + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_1: + return "mips:3000"; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_2: + return "mips:6000"; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_3: + return "mips:4000"; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_4: + return "mips:8000"; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_5: + return "mips:mips5"; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32: + return "mips:isa32"; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64: + return "mips:isa64"; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: + return "mips:isa32r2"; + + case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: + return "mips:isa64r2"; + } + } + return "unknown CPU"; +} + +template +Target::Target_info Target_mips::mips_info = +{ + size, // size + big_endian, // is_big_endian + elfcpp::EM_MIPS, // machine_code + true, // has_make_symbol + false, // has_resolve + false, // has_code_fill + true, // is_default_stack_executable + false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections + '\0', // wrap_char + "/lib/ld.so.1", // dynamic_linker + 0x400000, // default_text_segment_address + 64 * 1024, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size) + 4 * 1024, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size) + false, // isolate_execinstr + 0, // rosegment_gap + elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx + elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // large_common_shndx + 0, // small_common_section_flags + 0, // large_common_section_flags + NULL, // attributes_section + NULL, // attributes_vendor + "__start" // entry_symbol_name +}; + +// The selector for mips object files. + +template +class Target_selector_mips : public Target_selector +{ +public: + Target_selector_mips() + : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_MIPS, size, big_endian, + (size == 64 ? + (big_endian ? "elf64-tradbigmips" : "elf64-tradlittlemips") : + (big_endian ? "elf32-tradbigmips" : "elf32-tradlittlemips")), + (size == 64 ? + (big_endian ? "elf64-tradbigmips" : "elf64-tradlittlemips") : + (big_endian ? "elf32-tradbigmips" : "elf32-tradlittlemips"))) + { } + + Target* do_instantiate_target() + { return new Target_mips(); } +}; + +Target_selector_mips<32, true> target_selector_mips32be; +Target_selector_mips<32, false> target_selector_mips32; +Target_selector_mips<64, true> target_selector_mips64be; +Target_selector_mips<64, false> target_selector_mips64; + + +} // End anonymous namespace. -- 2.34.1